Flushing Financial
Annual Report 2021

Plain-text annual report

Building Rewarding Relationships 2021 Annual Report 2021 ANNUAL REPORT Flushing Financial Corporation (Nasdaq: FFIC) is the holding company for Flushing Bank®, an FDIC insured, New York State-chartered commercial bank that operates banking offices in Queens, Brooklyn, Manhattan, and on Long Island. The Bank has been building relationships with families, business owners, and communities since 1929. Today, it offers the products, services, and conveniences associated with large commercial banks, including a full complement of deposit, loan, equipment finance, and cash management services. Rewarding customers with personalized attention and bankers who can communicate in the languages prevalent within these multicultural markets is what makes the Bank uniquely different. As an Equal Housing Lender and leader in real estate lending, the Bank’s experienced lending teams create mortgage solutions for real estate owners and property managers both within and outside the New York City metropolitan area. The Bank also fosters relationships with consumers nationwide through its online banking division with the iGObanking® and BankPurely® brands. “FlushingBankSupports LocalCommunities ThroughItsContinued ParticipationintheSBA PaycheckProtection Program” — January 4, 2021 Financial Highlights (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) At or for the years ended December 31, Selected Financial Condition Data Total assets Loans, net Securities held to maturity Securities available for sale Total Securities Noninterest-bearing deposits Other core deposits Certificates of deposits Total Deposits1 Stockholders’ equity Book value per common share Tangible book value per common share Selected Operating Data Net interest income Net income Diluted earnings per common share Dividends paid per common share 2021 2020 $ 8,045,911 $ 6,600,970 $ 7,976,394 $ 6,659,521 $ 57,868 $ 777,236 $ 835,104 $ 967,621 $ 4,471,249 $ 946,575 $ $ $ $ 57,832 647,974 705,806 778,672 $ 4,219,322 $ 1,138,361 $ 6,385,445 $ 6,136,355 $ 679,628 $ $ 22.26 21.61 $ 247,969 $ $ $ 81,793 2.59 0.84 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 618,997 20.11 19.45 195,199 34,674 1.18 0.84 Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data Return on average assets Return on average equity Net interest rate spread, FTE Net interest margin, FTE Efficiency ratio Equity to total assets Nonperforming assets to total assets Allowance for loan losses to gross loans Allowance for loan losses to total nonperforming loans Net loan charge-offs to average loans 1.00 % 12.60 % 3.14 % 3.24 % 55.72 % 8.45 % 0.19 % 0.56 % 248.66 % 0.05 % 0.48 % 5.98 % 2.70 % 2.85 % 58.69 % 7.76 % 0.26 % 0.67 % 214.27 % 0.06 % 1 Includes mortgagors’ escrow deposits 1 To Fellow Shareholders, 2021 was a memorable year in many respects. The Company had record earnings and achieved several other key milestones, but what we are most proud of is the commitment of employees to our customers and communities while successfully navigating the various phases of COVID-19. Our people are the Company’s competitive advantage as they execute every day on our strategic objectives. Their accomplishments were many in 2021, including achieving record earnings, record annual net revenue, and record low cost of deposits. To reward employees for their achievements and performance through the pandemic, we recognized a one-time increase in compensation expense. Additionally, the Empire Bancorp integration was completed, and we delivered or exceeded on our promises for EPS accretion, costs savings, and improvement in loan and deposit metrics. For the sixth consecutive year, we reaffirmed our investment grade rating from the Kroll Bond Rating Agency, which allowed us to issue subordinated debt with a coupon rate lower than the outstanding debt. All of this translated into a 46% stock appreciation in 2021, which outperformed the 14% rise in the Russell 2000 Index and the 33% increase in the KBW Regional Bank Index. In 2021, the Company executed well on four primary strategic objectives, which included: Manage cost of funds and continue to improve funding mix—The cost of deposits reached a record low of 0.32% in 2021, compared to 0.82% in 2020, and the cost of funds declined 51 basis points to 0.55% in 2021. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased 58% year over year and composed 14% of total average deposits. Manage credit risk—The Company has outperformed the industry in managing credit losses over the long term, and this continued in 2021. Net charge-offs were five basis points in 2021 compared to 25 basis points for the industry.1 Nonperforming assets, along with classified and criticized loans, declined in 2021. Deposits (in millions) Net Interest Income (in millions) Net Income (in millions) Net Interest Margin (percent) $7,000 $250 $7,000 $250 $100 3.50% $100 $3.50 6,000 5,000 4,000 3,000 2,000 1,000 0 200 150 100 50 0 6,000 5,000 4,000 3,000 2,000 1,000 0 ’17 ’18 ’19 ’20 ’21 200 150 100 50 0 ’17 ’18 ’19 ’20 ’21 80 60 40 20 0 ’17 ’18 ’19 ’20 ’21 3.00 2.50 2.00 1.50 1.00 0.50 0 ’17 ’18 ’19 ’20 ’21 80 60 40 20 0 3.00 2.50 2.00 1.50 1.00 0.50 0.0 1 “Industry” includes FDIC insured institutions from “FDIC Statistics at a Glance” through December 31, 2021 2  Resume historical loan growth while achieving appropriate risk-adjusted returns— Average net loans increased 11% in 2021, while period-end loans, excluding Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans, were up slightly. Loan yields were stable year over year. Enhance core earnings power by improving scalability and efficiency—The Company’s digital banking platform continued to expand the number of active users and enrollments. We have made a strategic investment in JAM FINTOP, which allows an early look at emerging technology, and have expanded the use of the Numerated platform, which we used for PPP. Communities Customers Employees Regulators Rewarding Relationships Investors While 2021 was a very successful year, it also positioned us well to take advantage of the market in 2022. Our strategic objectives remain intact, and we have key initiatives planned for this year, including: Capitalize on merger disruption. There were eight bank merger announcements or closings within our core markets in 2021. Of the $328 billion of deposits in Queens, Kings, Nassau, and Suffolk counties, $60 billion, or 18%, involve a merger participant. The Company has already hired 24 people from these institutions, of which nine are revenue producers. We will continue to look for ways to capitalize on these opportunities and drive growth over the short, medium, and long term. Communicate our “Rewarding Relationships” corporate brand promise. We have built our business on relationships and delivering relevant value to all stakeholders, including customers, communities, employees, regulators, and investors. The Company is committed to building rewarding relationships as we expand our business. Enable customers to purchase and sell bitcoin. This initiative should help attract new customers, increase noninterest-bearing deposits, and supplement noninterest income. 3  Expand fintech partnerships. When the pandemic started and the government approved PPP, we engaged Numerated to help process the second round of loan applications. This partnership provided a better customer experience. Based on this, we have expanded our offering with Numerated to other products and will look to enhance this relationship and add other partnerships in 2022. Enhance environmental, social, and governance (ESG) strategies and initiatives. The Company has focused on its customers, communities, and employees since its founding in 1929. While community events have changed during the pandemic, the Company continued its support of Neighborhood Housing Services of New York City, United Way of Long Island, and Asian Americans For Equality, as well as other organizations. We will continue to actively support the communities, customers, and employees in our multicultural markets, while remaining a responsible corporate citizen. “ Our people are the Company’s competitive advantage as they execute every day on our strategic objectives.” As you can see, the Company has a bright future and will continue to work to benefit all stakeholders. Building off the momentum generated in 2021, our strong brand, experienced leadership team, and proven strategy are expected to deliver solid results in 2022 and beyond. Our people are our most important asset, and they have done an incredible job navigating the pandemic while servicing clients and communities. We thank our clients for considering us as a trusted advisor and for the opportunity to serve them. To our valued shareholders, we will continue to work diligently for you every day, and we thank you for your trust and support. Alfred A. DelliBovi Chairman of the Board John R. Buran President and Chief Executive Officer 4 “FlushingBankMakes DonationtoAsian AmericansforEquality (AAFE)” — April 12, 2021 Building Rewarding Relationships Founded in 1929, Flushing Bank knows the power of community banking throughout periods of economic downturns and booms, and we are here to make sure our communities thrive. We have never wavered from our tried-and-true, community-based approach and are connected to the communities we serve—and in which we work and call home— supporting diversity and inclusion and helping them to flourish. Going beyond what multicultural communities typically expect from a banking partner, we staff our branches with bankers who can communicate in the languages and dialects prevalent within our customer base to help ensure a first-rate experience. Across Queens, Brooklyn, Manhattan, and Long Island, we have distinguished ourselves as a leader in serving multicultural neighborhoods, and we proudly sponsor cultural and charitable events throughout our markets. As a community bank with the products and services of a large bank, Flushing Bank can provide exceptional customer service with a highly personalized touch. We pride ourselves on being a bank that cares about our customers and communities, and invite you to learn more about Flushing Bank, where at the heart of our approach to banking relationships is the philosophy that we are “Small enough to know you. Large enough to help you.®” At Flushing Bank, we are committed to building rewarding relationships while expanding our business. 5 “FlushingBankParticipating inFederalHomeLoanBank ofNewYork’s(FHLBNY) SmallBusinessRecovery GrantProgramtoAssist LocalSmallBusinessesand Non-ProfitOrganizations” — May 6, 2021 Flushing Bank can help you bank better, connect with your money more easily, and work to achieve your financial goals. From personal and business banking to lending and government banking, we offer an array of financial services and experienced professionals who are ready to help. Personal Banking Our personal banking products make banking easy while helping you save time and money. We are here to help you achieve what is important to you, your family, and your financial future, with a full line of personal services to choose from supported by the latest digital innovations. Our retail branch network focuses on providing a consistent and superior customer experience and expanding relationships with our customers in the New York metropolitan area. Our online banks, iGObanking and BankPurely, strive for the same while serving consumers nationwide. Business Banking Our business banking products are designed to simplify banking so you can focus on growing your business or professional practice. We offer a full range of financial solutions for companies and practices, large and small. Our business 6 team takes the time to understand your unique situation and gives you options to keep your business moving in the right direction. From everyday banking to specialized professional services, we remain committed to bringing you the tools you need to succeed. Lending—Business and Real Estate Our diverse portfolio of lending options can help you finance new business opportunities and real estate purchases. Whether you are an entrepreneur, real estate owner, or property manager, financing can be an integral part of your plan for success. We offer a host of lending solutions, customized to your needs, with competitive rates and terms. Our experienced lending professionals have a deep understanding of the New York market and will collaborate with you to help secure the financing option that works best for you. Government Banking Our government banking team is composed of dedicated, experienced professionals who focus exclusively on serving the unique needs of public entities, municipalities, and public schools across the New York area. From deposit products to cash management services and much more, you will have access to a full suite of products—including operating and investment accounts, traditional collateral options, letters of credit, and reciprocal deposits with full FDIC coverage—designed to maximize revenues. “FlushingBankSupports FederationofIndian PhysiciansAssociations (FIPA)ofUSAinEfforts toSend5,000Oxygen ConcentratorstoIndia” — May 21, 2021 7 “FlushingBankCelebrates SponsorshipofHongKong DragonBoatFestivalof NewYorkandIndiaDay ParadeinHicksville,NY” — August 10, 2021 Our digital platforms provide a superior experience, with online and mobile solutions that offer the latest technology and provide customers access to their personal accounts when and where they need it. Explore how these simple solutions can make your life easier and help you put more time back into your day. Online Banking Flushing Bank Online Banking features innovative, simple-to-use tools that give you the flexibility to manage your account and conduct transactions at your convenience, 24/7. Simplifying money management and keeping track of your budget is easy. View balances and account history, set alerts, automate payments, manage your accounts, and much more from one online account. Mobile Banking Flushing Bank Mobile Banking is the fast, secure, and easy way to manage your money and monitor your accounts on the go. Bank when you want, wherever you are, right from your smartphone or tablet. 8 Mobile Check Deposit Enjoy the flexibility and convenience of depositing checks into your Flushing Bank account anywhere, anytime with Flushing Bank Mobile Check Deposit. It is secure and takes just minutes using your iPhone® or Android™ smartphone or tablet. Digital Wallet Contactless payment methods continue to gain popularity. Digital wallets allow you to store your payment options, such as your Flushing Bank Debit Card, allowing you to conveniently use your smartphone or smartwatch to make a purchase. Zelle® When timing is everything, send money with Zelle®, a fast, safe, and easy way to send money to family and friends using just a U.S. mobile number or email address. Available in the Flushing Bank Mobile Banking app. Zelle® and the Zelle® related marks are wholly owned by Early Warning Services, LLC and are used herein under license. “FlushingBankAttends RibbonCutting CelebrationatSouth AsianCouncilforSocial Services(SACSS) CommunityCenter” —August 17, 2021 9 “FlushingBankPartnerswith TheLonelyEntrepreneurto OfferFreeEntrepreneur LearningtoMinorityBusiness Owners” —December 8, 2021 Seamlessly manage your business while managing your bank accounts with innovative, simple-to-use tools, all from your mobile device or computer. Business Online Banking Flushing Bank Business Online Banking supports your busy schedule by providing online features that help you keep track of your budget and manage your money efficiently. View your balance and transactions while going paperless with free online eStatements and eBills. Simplify your financial agenda by accessing your online Flushing Bank account anytime from your mobile device. Business Mobile Banking Experience a fast, secure, and effortless way to manage and monitor your accounts with Flushing Bank Business Mobile Banking. The mobile banking app gives you access to valuable tools and services. Take advantage of financial flexibility that fits into your schedule—whenever, wherever. 10 Our goal is to be a reliable financial partner small enough to place the customer at the center of everything we do yet large enough to offer accessibility to the latest banking conveniences. Remote Deposit Allows business customers to deposit checks into their accounts from their offices using a scanner attached to their computers. Save time and maintain cash flow while enjoying the convenience of depositing checks anytime. Cash Management Services Provides Cash Manager Direct business customers online access to view their account balances and transaction details and initiate transactions. Flushing Bank Online Escrow is a state-of-the-art digital tool to assist in the management of escrow and subaccount requirements. Assisted Service Kiosk and Video Banker These enhanced self-serving ATMs manage almost any type of transaction, from cashing a check to providing cash in preferred denominations. Video Banker enables our face-to-face live banker service at the touch of a screen through a video-chat platform. Simply touch “Help” on the ATM screen to request assistance with a range of financing tasks. “FlushingBank AnnouncesElimination ofOverdraft,Insufficient Funds,andTransferFees onConsumerChecking Accounts” —January 12, 2022 11 “FlushingBanktoDonate toBronxFireEmergency ReliefFunds” — January 20, 2022 Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) As a community-focused organization that has distinguished itself as a leader in serving multicultural neighborhoods, we advocate for and support the customers and constituents who compose our diverse market. We have a comprehensive understanding of our communities’ needs, because we live, work, and volunteer in them. Many of our managers participate as board members of local community organizations, and their active participation helps to keep us connected with the communities to support their economic and social vitality. We also work with an advisory board composed of local business leaders and prominent community members to guide our support. The Company recently formed Flushing Bank Serves, a committee designed to connect employees with community organizations that need volunteers. At Flushing Bank, we believe it is all about opening doors for people in the community and building something that is better for everyone. Our multifamily lending is generally focused on properties with low- to moderate-income tenants. We consider building code compliance and environmental impact studies for construction loans, and review environmental reporting on commercial real estate for adherence with American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards. We promote diversity and inclusion and strive to be an inclusive and bias-free company, where employees feel empowered to achieve their full potential. The Company is committed to enhancing our ESG efforts and evolving our strategy to support our vision of building relationships in our communities while delivering rewarding value. 12 2021 FORM 10-K UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 Commission file number 001-33013 FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 11-3209278 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 220 RXR Plaza, Uniondale, New York 11556 (Address of principal executive offices) (718) 961-5400 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Trading Symbol(s) Name of each exchange on which registered Common Stock, $0.01 par value FFIC The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None. Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes X No Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes X No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. X Yes No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). X Yes No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer Accelerated filer X Smaller reporting company Emerging growth company If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. X Yes No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes X No As of June 30, 2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter; the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $628,986,000. This figure is based on the closing price on that date on the NASDAQ Global Select Market for a share of the registrant’s Common Stock, $0.01 par value, which was $21.43. The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of February 28, 2022 was 30,481,543 shares. Portions of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 18, 2021 are incorporated herein by reference in Part III. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE TABLE OF CONTENTS Item 1. Business. Item 1A. Risk Factors Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments Item 2. Properties Item 3. Legal Proceedings Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures PART I PART II Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Item 6. Reserved Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Item 9B. Other Information Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Item 11. Executive Compensation Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules PART IV (a) 1. Financial Statements (a) 2. Financial Statement Schedules (a) 3. Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K SIGNATURES POWER OF ATTORNEY Page 1 46 56 56 56 56 56 59 59 73 74 142 142 142 143 143 143 143 143 143 144 144 144 145 i CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS Statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”) relating to plans, strategies, economic performance and trends, projections of results of specific activities or investments and other statements that are not descriptions of historical facts may be forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking information is inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those currently anticipated due to a number of factors, which include, but are not limited to, factors discussed under the captions “Business — General — Allowance for Credit Losses” and “Business — General — Market Area and Competition” in Item 1 below, “Risk Factors” in Item 1A below, in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Overview” in Item 7 below, and elsewhere in this Annual Report and in other documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. Forward-looking statements may be identified by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expects,” “plans,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,”, “goals”, “forecasts,” “potential” or “continue” or similar terms or the negative of these terms. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. We have no obligation to update these forward-looking statements. PART I As used in this Report, the words “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” are used to refer to Flushing Financial Corporation (the “Holding Company”) and its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, Flushing Bank (the “Bank”), Flushing Service Corporation, FSB Properties Inc., and Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation, which was dissolved as of June 30, 2021. Item 1. Business. Overview GENERAL The Holding Company is a Delaware corporation organized in 1994. The Bank was organized in 1929 as a New York State-chartered mutual savings bank. Today the Bank operates as a full-service New York State commercial bank. Our primary business is the operation of the Bank. The Bank owned three subsidiaries during all or a portion of 2021: Flushing Service Corporation, FSB Properties Inc., and Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation, which was dissolved as of June 30, 2021. The Bank also operates an internet branch (the “Internet Branch”), which operates under the brands of iGObanking.com® and BankPurely®. The activities of the Holding Company are primarily funded by dividends, if any, received from the Bank, issuances of subordinated debt and junior subordinated debt, and issuances of equity securities. The Holding Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FFIC.” The Holding Company also owns Flushing Financial Capital Trust II, Flushing Financial Capital Trust III, and Flushing Financial Capital Trust IV (the “Trusts”), which are special purpose business trusts formed to issue a total of $60.0 million of capital securities and $1.9 million of common securities (which are the only voting securities). The Holding Company owns 100% of the common securities of the Trusts. The Trusts used the proceeds from the issuance of these securities to purchase junior subordinated debentures from the Holding Company. The Trusts are not included in our consolidated financial statements as we would not absorb the losses of the Trusts if losses were to occur. Unless otherwise disclosed, the information presented in this Annual Report reflects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Management views the Company as operating a single unit – a community bank. Therefore, segment information is not provided. At December 31, 2021, the Company had total assets of $8.0 billion, deposits of $6.3 billion and stockholders’ equity of $0.7 billion. 1 On October 30, 2020, the Company completed its acquisition of Empire Bancorp, Inc. (“Empire”), in a transaction valued at $87.5 million upon closing, all outstanding shares of Empire voting and non-voting common stock were exchanged for consideration consisting of $54.8 million in cash and 2,557,028 shares of Holding Company common stock. Goodwill of $1.5 million was recorded as a result of the Empire acquisition. Under the terms of the merger agreement, each share of Empire common stock was exchanged for either 0.6548 shares of the Company’s common stock or $14.04 in cash, based upon the election of each Empire shareholder, subject to the election and proration procedures specified in the merger agreement (which provided for an aggregate split of total consideration of 50% Company common stock and 50% cash). In connection with the transaction, Empire National Bank (“Empire Bank”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Empire, merged with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving entity. Our principal business is attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing those deposits together with funds generated from ongoing operations and borrowings, primarily in (1) originations and purchases of multi-family residential properties loans, commercial business loans, commercial real estate mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent, one- to-four family loans (focusing on mixed-use properties, which are properties that contain both residential dwelling units and commercial units); (2) construction loans; (3) Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans; (4) mortgage loan surrogates such as mortgage-backed securities; and (5) U.S. government securities, corporate fixed-income securities and other marketable securities. We also originate certain other consumer loans including overdraft lines of credit. At December 31, 2021, we had gross loans outstanding of $6,633.9 million (before the allowance for credit losses and net deferred costs), with gross mortgage loans totaling $5,200.8 million, or 78.4% of gross loans, and non-mortgage loans totaling $1,433.1 million, or 21.6% of gross loans. Mortgage loans are primarily multi-family, commercial and one-to- four family mixed-use properties, which represent 73.3% of gross loans. Our revenues are derived principally from interest on loans, our mortgage-backed securities portfolio, and interest and dividends on other investments in our securities portfolio. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB-NY”) borrowings, principal and interest payments on loans, mortgage-backed, other securities and to a lesser extent proceeds from sales of securities and loans. The Bank’s primary regulator is the New York State Department of Financial Services (“NYDFS”), and its primary federal regulator is the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Deposits are insured to the maximum allowable amount by the FDIC. Additionally, the Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system. Our operating results are significantly affected by changes in interest rates as well as national and local economic conditions, including the strength of the local economy. The outbreak of the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) pandemic has adversely impacted a broad range of industries in which the Company’s customers operate and impaired to some extent the ability of some customers to fulfill their financial obligations to the Company. The spread of the outbreak has caused significant disruptions in the U.S. economy and has disrupted banking and other financial activity in the areas in which the Company operates. On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act was signed into law in response to the coronavirus pandemic. This legislation provided relief for individuals and businesses negatively impacted by the coronavirus pandemic. On December 27, 2020, the 2021 Consolidated Appropriations Act (“CAA”) was signed into law, providing for, among other things, further suspension of the exception for loan modifications to not be classified as “troubled debt restructuring” (“TDR”) if certain criteria are met, as described below. The CARES Act, as amended, includes provisions for the Company to temporarily opt out of applying the TDR accounting guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310-40 for certain loan modifications. Loan modifications have been eligible for this relief if the related loans were not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019. The Bank adopted this provision and at December 31, 2021, we had 20 active forbearances for loans with an aggregate outstanding loan balance of approximately $71.9 million. According to the New York Department of Labor, the unemployment rate for the New York City region decreased to 8.8% at December 2021 from 12.0% at December 2020. Although, the unemployment rate improved year-over-year, the rate is still elevated compared to many parts of the United States, primarily resulting from the increased impact COVID- 19 had on the New York City metropolitan area. Non-performing loans totaled $14.9 million, $21.1 million, and $13.3 million at December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. We had net charge-offs of impaired loans in 2021 totaling $3.1 million compared to $3.6 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively. 2 Additionally, primarily as a result of improved economic conditions, our (benefit) provision for credit losses decreased to ($4.9) million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $23.1 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Market Area and Competition We are a community oriented commercial bank offering a wide variety of financial services to meet the needs of the communities we serve. The Bank’s main office and it’s executive offices are in Uniondale, New York, located in Nassau County. At December 31, 2021, the Bank operated 24 full-service offices and the Internet Branch. We have offices located in the New York City Boroughs of Queens, Brooklyn, and Manhattan, and in Nassau and Suffolk County, New York. The vast majority of all of our mortgage loans are secured by properties located in the New York City metropolitan area. We face intense competition both in making loans and in attracting deposits. Our market area has a high density of financial institutions, many of which have greater financial resources, name recognition and market presence than we do, and all of which are competitors to varying degrees. Particularly intense competition exists for deposits, as we compete with 113 banks and thrifts in the counties in which we have branch locations. Our market share of deposits, as of June 30, 2021, in these counties was 0.32% of the total deposits of these FDIC insured competing financial institutions, and we are the 22nd largest financial institution. 1 In addition, we compete with credit unions, the stock market and mutual funds for customers’ funds. Competition for deposits in our market and for national brokered deposits is primarily based on the types of deposits offered and rate paid on the deposits. Particularly intense competition also exists in all of the lending activities we emphasize. In addition to the financial institutions mentioned above, we compete against mortgage banks and insurance companies located both within our market and available on the internet. Competition for loans in our market is primarily based on the types of loans offered and the related terms for these loans, including fixed-rate versus adjustable-rate loans and the interest rate on the loan. For adjustable rate loans, competition is also based on the repricing period, the index to which the rate is referenced, and the spread over the index rate. Also, competition is influenced by the ability of a financial institution to respond to customer requests and to provide the borrower with a timely decision to approve or deny the loan application. The internet banking arena also has many larger financial institutions which have greater financial resources, name recognition and market presence than we do. Our future earnings prospects will be affected by our ability to compete effectively with other financial institutions and to implement our business strategies. Our strategy for attracting deposits includes using various marketing techniques, delivering enhanced technology and customer friendly banking services, and focusing on the unique personal and small business banking needs of the multi-ethnic communities we serve. Our strategy for attracting new loans is primarily dependent on providing timely response to applicants and maintaining a network of quality brokers and other business sources. See “Risk Factors – The Markets in Which We Operate Are Highly Competitive” included in Item 1A of this Annual Report. For a discussion of our business strategies, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview — Management Strategy” included in Item 7 of this Annual Report. 1 Per June 2021 FDIC Summary of Deposits for the New York State Counties of New York, Kings, Queens, Nassau and Suffolk 3 Lending Activities Loan Portfolio Composition. Our loan portfolio consists primarily of mortgage loans secured by multi-family residential, commercial real estate, one-to-four family mixed-use property, one-to-four family residential property, and commercial business loans. In addition, we also offer construction loans, SBA loans and other consumer loans. The vast majority of our mortgage loans are secured by properties located within our market area. At December 31, 2021, we had gross loans outstanding of $6,633.9 million (before the allowance for credit losses and net deferred costs). We have focused our loan origination efforts on multi-family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate and commercial business loans with full banking relationships. All of these loan types generally include prepayment penalties that we collect if the loans pay in full prior to the contractual maturity. We expect to continue this emphasis through marketing and by maintaining competitive interest rates and origination fees. Our marketing efforts include frequent contact with mortgage brokers and other professionals who serve as referral sources. Fully underwritten one-to-four family residential mortgage loans generally are considered by the banking industry to have less risk than other types of loans. Multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed- use property mortgage loans generally have higher yields than one-to-four family residential property mortgage loans and shorter terms to maturity, but typically involve higher principal amounts and may expose the lender to a greater risk of credit loss than one-to-four family residential property mortgage loans. The greater risk associated with multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans could require us to increase our provisions for credit losses and to maintain an allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans in excess of the allowance we currently maintain. We continually review the composition of our mortgage loan portfolio to manage the risk in the portfolio. See “General – Overview” in this Item 1 of this Annual Report. Our loan portfolio consists of adjustable rate (“ARM”) and fixed-rate loans. Interest rates we charge on loans are affected primarily by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes, the rate offered by our competitors and the creditworthiness of the borrower. Many of those factors are, in turn, affected by local and national economic conditions, and the fiscal, monetary and tax policies of the federal, state and local governments. In general, consumers show a preference for ARM loans in periods of high interest rates and for fixed-rate loans when interest rates are low. In periods of declining interest rates, we may experience refinancing activity in ARM loans, as borrowers show a preference to lock-in the lower rates available on fixed-rate loans. In the case of ARM loans we originated, volume and adjustment periods are affected by the interest rates and other market factors as discussed above as well as consumer preferences. We have not in the past, nor do we currently, originate ARM loans that provide for negative amortization. The majority of our commercial business loans are generated by the Company’s business banking group which focuses on loan and deposit relationships to businesses located within our market area. These loans are generally personally guaranteed by the owners, and may be secured by the assets of the business, which at times may include real estate. The interest rate on these loans are generally adjustable based on a published index. These loans, while providing us a higher rate of return, also present a higher level of risk. The greater risk associated with commercial business loans could require us to increase our provision for credit losses, and to maintain an allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans in excess of the allowance we currently maintain. At times, we may purchase whole or participations in loans from banks, mortgage bankers and other financial institutions when the loans complement our loan portfolio strategy. Loans purchased must meet our underwriting standards when they were originated. Our lending activities are subject to federal and state laws and regulations. See “— Regulation.” 4 The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio at the dates indicated: 2021 2020 At December 31, 2019 2018 2017 Amount Percent of Total Amount Percent of Total Amount Percent of Total Amount Percent of Total Amount Percent of Total (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Loans: $ 2,517,026 1,775,629 37.94 % $ 2,533,952 1,754,754 26.77 37.81 % $ 2,238,591 1,582,008 26.18 38.88 % $ 2,269,048 1,542,547 27.48 41.00 % $ 2,273,595 1,368,112 27.86 44.08 % 26.51 571,795 268,255 8,316 59,761 5,200,782 8.62 4.04 0.13 0.90 78.40 602,981 245,211 8,051 83,322 5,228,271 9.00 3.66 0.12 1.24 78.01 592,471 188,216 8,663 67,754 4,677,703 10.29 3.27 0.15 1.18 81.25 577,741 190,350 8,498 50,600 4,638,784 10.44 3.44 0.15 0.91 83.80 564,206 180,663 6,895 8,479 4,401,950 10.93 3.50 0.13 0.16 85.31 Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family - mixed-use property One-to-four family - residential (1) Co-operative apartment (2) Construction Gross mortgage loans Non-mortgage loans: Small Business Administration (3) Taxi medallion Commercial business and other Gross non-mortgage loans Gross loans 93,811 — 1,339,273 1,433,084 6,633,866 Unearned loan fees and deferred costs, net Less: Allowance for credit losses Loans, net 4,239 (37,135) $ 6,600,970 1.41 — 20.19 21.60 14,445 3,309 1,061,478 1,079,232 100.00 % 6,701,629 100.00 % 5,756,935 167,376 2,757 1,303,225 1,473,358 2.50 0.04 19.45 21.99 0.25 0.06 18.44 18.75 15,210 4,539 877,763 897,512 100.00 % 5,536,296 0.27 0.08 15.85 16.20 18,479 6,834 732,973 758,286 0.36 0.13 14.20 14.69 100.00 % 5,160,236 100.00 % 3,045 (45,153) $ 6,659,521 15,271 (21,751) $ 5,750,455 15,188 (20,945) $ 5,530,539 16,763 (20,351) $ 5,156,648 (1) One-to-four family residential mortgage loans also include home equity and condominium loans. At December 31, 2021, gross home equity loans totaled $28.4 million and condominium loans totaled $29.0 million. (2) Consists of loans secured by shares representing interests in individual co-operative units that are generally owner occupied. (3) Includes SBA Payment Protection Program (“SBA PPP”) loans totaling $77.4 million and $151.9 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 5 The following table sets forth our loan originations (including the net effect of refinancing) and the changes in our portfolio of loans, including purchases, sales and principal reductions for the years indicated: (In thousands) Mortgage Loans At beginning of year Mortgage loans originated: Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family mixed-use property One-to-four family residential Co-operative apartment Construction Total mortgage loans originated Mortgage loans purchased: Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family residential Construction Total mortgage loans purchased Acquisition of Empire loans: Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family mixed-use property One-to-four family residential Construction Total mortgage loans acquired Less: Principal reductions Mortgage loan sales Charge-offs Loans transferred to OREO At end of year Non-mortgage loans At beginning of year Loans originated: Small Business Administration (1) Commercial business Other Total other loans originated Non-mortgage loans purchased: Commercial business Total non-mortgage loans purchased Acquisition of Empire loans: Small Business Administration (2) Commercial business Other Total non-mortgage loans acquired Less: Non-mortgage loan sales Principal reductions Charge-offs At end of year For the years ended December 31, 2020 2019 2021 $ 5,228,271 $ 4,677,703 $ 4,638,784 246,964 140,948 41,110 12,596 413 26,375 468,406 — 27,534 57,952 11,749 97,235 — — — — — — 207,101 157,592 35,131 21,805 704 12,059 434,392 5,628 34,260 — 9,800 49,688 287,239 81,349 25,151 54,437 12,912 461,088 245,775 178,336 66,128 25,024 2,117 16,153 533,533 1,832 — — 17,766 19,598 — — — — — — 565,606 27,384 140 — 5,200,782 $ 394,099 498 3 — 5,228,271 $ 505,099 8,482 392 239 4,677,703 1,473,358 $ 1,079,232 $ 897,512 $ $ 143,363 375,508 4,594 523,465 164,856 164,856 — — — — 112,352 254,121 9,960 376,433 143,601 143,601 62,778 161,495 43 224,316 3,426 402,127 1,992 407,545 201,624 201,624 — — — — — 723,601 4,994 1,433,084 $ 6,876 339,346 4,002 1,473,358 $ 5,213 419,850 2,386 1,079,232 $ (1) Includes $138.7 million and $111.6 million of SBA PPP loans for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. (2) Includes $55.5 million of SBA PPP loans acquired from Empire at December 31, 2020. 6 Loan Maturity and Repricing. The following table shows the maturity of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2021. Scheduled repayments are shown in the maturity category in which the payments become due. Mortgage loans Non-mortgage loans (In thousands) Amounts due within one year Amounts due after one year: One to two years Two to three years Three to five years Five to fifteen years Over fifteen years Total due after one year Multi-family Commercial mixed-use residential real estate property residential apartment Co-operative Construction    Administration and other Total loans Small Business Commercial business One-to-four family One-to-four family $ 304,068 $ 316,919 $ 45,083 $ 17,196 $ 283 $ 36,064 $ 29,712 $ 458,313 $ 1,207,638 267,807 240,565 226,995 208,956 1,268,635 2,212,958 225,765 190,783 179,467 151,399 711,296 1,458,710 43,359 41,338 42,360 42,534 357,121 526,712 17,676 17,044 15,863 15,352 185,124 251,059 296 303 314 7,120 — — 8,033 8,316 $ 19,154 3,327 291 925 — 23,697 59,761 $ 822,253 231,610 16,586 688,977 179,033 16,584 614,143 132,439 16,414 533,690 104,097 3,307 2,767,165 233,781 11,208 64,099 5,426,228 880,960 93,811 $ 1,339,273 $ 6,633,866 Total amounts due $ 2,517,026 $ 1,775,629 $ 571,795 $ 268,255 $ Sensitivity of loans to changes in interest rates - loans due after one year : Fixed rate loans Adjustable rate loans $ 282,325 $ 107,558 $ 164,361 $ 1,930,633 1,351,152 362,352 24,300 $ 226,759 677 7,356 $ — $ 23,697 47,948 $ 16,151 531,291 $ 1,158,460 4,267,769 349,669 Total loans due after one year $ 2,212,958 $ 1,458,710 $ 526,713 $ 251,059 $ 8,033 $ 23,697 $ 64,099 $ 880,960 $ 5,426,229 Multi-family Residential Lending. Loans secured by multi-family residential properties were $2,517.0 million, or 37.94% of gross loans at December 31, 2021. Our multi-family residential mortgage loans had an average principal balance of $1.1 million at December 31, 2021, and the largest multi-family residential mortgage loan held in our portfolio had a principal balance of $31.6 million. We offer both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate multi-family residential mortgage loans, with maturities of up to 30 years. In underwriting multi-family residential mortgage loans, we review the expected net operating income generated by the real estate collateral securing the loan, the age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of the borrower and the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar properties. We typically require debt service coverage of at least 125% of the monthly loan payment. We generally originate these loans up to only 75% of the appraised value or the purchase price of the property, whichever is less. Any loan with a final loan-to-value ratio in excess of 75% must be approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Bank Board of Directors”) or the Loan Committee as an exception to policy. We generally rely on the income generated by the property as the primary means by which the loan is repaid. However, personal guarantees may be obtained for additional security from these borrowers. We typically order an environmental report on our multi-family and commercial real estate loans. Loans secured by multi-family residential property generally involve a greater degree of risk than residential mortgage loans and carry larger loan balances. The increased credit risk is the result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a smaller number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing properties and the increased difficulty in evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by multi-family residential property is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related property, which is usually owned by a legal entity with the property being the entity’s only asset. If the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. If the borrower defaults, our only remedy may be to foreclose on the property, for which the market value may be less than the balance due on the related mortgage loan. Loans secured by multi-family residential property also may involve a greater degree of environmental risk. We seek to protect against this risk through obtaining an environmental report. See “Asset Quality — Environmental Concerns Relating to Loans.” 7 At December 31, 2021, $2,145.9 million, or 85.26%, of our multi-family mortgage loans consisted of ARM loans. We offer ARM loans with adjustment periods typically of five years and for terms of up to 30 years. Interest rates on ARM loans currently offered by us are adjusted at the beginning of each adjustment period based upon a fixed spread above the FHLB-NY corresponding Regular Advance Rate. From time to time, due to competitive forces, we may originate ARM loans at an initial rate lower than the fully indexed rate as a result of a discount on the spread for the initial adjustment period. Multi-family adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally are not subject to limitations on interest rate increases either on an adjustment period or aggregate basis over the life of the loan; however, the loans generally contain interest rate floors. We originated and purchased multi-family ARM loans totaling $188.7 million, $173.6 million, and $206.2 million during 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. At December 31, 2021, $371.1 million, or 14.74%, of our multi-family mortgage loans consisted of fixed rate loans. Our fixed-rate multi-family mortgage loans are generally originated for terms up to 15 years and are competitively priced based on market conditions and our cost of funds. We originated and purchased $58.3 million, $39.1 million, and $41.4 million of fixed-rate multi-family mortgage loans in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Commercial Real Estate Lending. Loans secured by commercial real estate were $1,775.6 million, or 26.77% of gross loans, at December 31, 2021. Our commercial real estate mortgage loans are secured by properties such as office buildings, hotels/motels, small business facilities, strip shopping centers and warehouses. At December 31, 2021, our commercial real estate mortgage loans had an average principal balance of $2.3 million and the largest of such loans, which is secured by a multi-tenant shopping center, had a principal balance of $40.1 million. Commercial real estate mortgage loans are generally originated in a range of $100,000 to $10.0 million. In underwriting commercial real estate mortgage loans, we employ the same underwriting standards and procedures as are employed in underwriting multi-family residential mortgage loans. Commercial real estate mortgage loans generally involve a greater degree of credit risk for the same reasons applicable to multi-family residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2021, $1,549.5 million, or 87.26%, of our commercial mortgage loans consisted of ARM loans. We offer ARM loans with adjustment periods of one to five years and generally for terms of up to 15 years. Interest rates on ARM loans currently offered by us are adjusted at the beginning of each adjustment period based upon a fixed spread above the FHLB-NY corresponding Regular Advance Rate. From time to time, we may originate ARM loans at an initial rate lower than the index as a result of a discount on the spread for the initial adjustment period. Commercial adjustable- rate mortgage loans generally are not subject to limitations on interest rate increases either on an adjustment period or aggregate basis over the life of the loan; however, the loans generally contain interest rate floors. We originated and purchased commercial ARM loans totaling $148.8 million, $134.0 million, and $158.0 million during 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. At December 31, 2021, $226.1 million, or 12.74%, of our commercial mortgage loans consisted of fixed-rate loans. Our fixed-rate commercial mortgage loans are generally originated for terms up to 20 years and are competitively priced based on market conditions and our cost of funds. We originated and purchased $19.6 million, $57.9 million, and $20.3 million of fixed-rate commercial mortgage loans in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. One-to-Four Family Mortgage Lending – Mixed-Use Properties. We offer mortgage loans secured by one-to- four family mixed-use properties. These properties contain up to four residential dwelling units and include a commercial component. We offer both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans with maturities of up to 30 years and a general maximum loan amount of $1.0 million. One-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans were $571.8 million, or 8.62% of gross loans, at December 31, 2021. In underwriting one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans, we employ the same underwriting standards as are employed in underwriting multi-family residential mortgage loans. 8 At December 31, 2021, $384.3 million, or 67.20%, of our one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans consisted of ARM loans. We offer adjustable-rate one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans with adjustment periods typically of five years and for terms of up to 30 years. Interest rates on ARM loans currently offered by the Bank are adjusted at the beginning of each adjustment period based upon a fixed spread above the FHLB-NY corresponding Regular Advance Rate. From time to time, we may originate ARM loans at an initial rate lower than the index as a result of a discount on the spread for the initial adjustment period. One-to-four family mixed-use property adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally are not subject to limitations on interest rate increases either on an adjustment period or aggregate basis over the life of the loan; however, the loans generally contain interest rate floors. We originated and purchased one- to-four family mixed-use property ARM loans totaling $15.1 million, $10.0 million, and $22.4 million during 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. At December 31, 2021, $187.5 million, or 32.80%, of our one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans consisted of fixed-rate loans. Our fixed-rate one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans are originated for terms of up to 15 years and are competitively priced based on market conditions and the Bank’s cost of funds. We originated and purchased $26.0 million, $25.2 million, and $43.8 million of fixed-rate one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. One-to-Four Family Mortgage Lending – Residential Properties. We offer mortgage loans secured by one-to- four family residential properties, including townhouses and condominium units. For purposes of the description contained in this section, one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, co-operative apartment loans and home equity loans are collectively referred to herein as “residential mortgage loans.” We offer both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans with maturities of up to 30 years and a general maximum loan amount of $1.0 million. Residential mortgage loans were $268.3 million, or 4.04% of gross loans, at December 31, 2021. We generally originate residential mortgage loans in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value or the sale price, whichever is less. Private mortgage insurance is required whenever loan-to-value ratios exceed 80% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. At December 31, 2021, $241.1 million, or 89.89%, of our residential mortgage loans consisted of ARM loans. We offer ARM loans with adjustment periods of one, three, five, seven or ten years. Interest rates on ARM loans currently offered by us are adjusted at the beginning of each adjustment period based upon a fixed spread above the FHLB-NY corresponding Regular Advance Rate. From time to time, we may originate ARM loans at an initial rate lower than the index as a result of a discount on the spread for the initial adjustment period. ARM loans generally are subject to limitations on interest rate increases of 2% per adjustment period and an aggregate adjustment of 6% over the life of the loan and have interest rate floors. We originated and purchased residential ARM loans totaling $70.2 million, $18.3 million, and $22.6 million during 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The retention of ARM loans in our portfolio helps us reduce our exposure to interest rate risks. However, in an environment of rapidly increasing interest rates, it is possible for the interest rate increase to exceed the maximum aggregate adjustment on one-to-four family residential ARM loans and negatively affect the spread between our interest income and our cost of funds. ARM loans generally involve credit risks different from those inherent in fixed-rate loans, primarily because if interest rates rise, the underlying payments of the borrower rise, thereby increasing the potential for default. However, this potential risk is lessened by our policy of originating one-to-four family residential ARM loans with annual and lifetime interest rate caps that limit the increase of a borrower’s monthly payment. At December 31, 2021, $27.1 million, or 10.11%, of our residential mortgage loans consisted of fixed-rate loans. Our fixed-rate residential mortgage loans typically are originated for terms of 15 and 30 years and are competitively priced based on market conditions and our cost of funds. We originated and purchased $0.8 million, $4.2 million, and $2.4 million in 15-year fixed-rate residential mortgages in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. We did not originate or purchase any 30-year fixed-rate residential mortgages in 2021, 2020, and 2019. 9 At December 31, 2021, home equity loans totaled $28.4 million, or 0.43%, of gross loans. Home equity loans are included in our portfolio of residential mortgage loans. These loans are offered as adjustable-rate “home equity lines of credit” on which interest only is due for an initial term of 10 years and thereafter principal and interest payments sufficient to liquidate the loan are required for the remaining term, not to exceed 30 years. These adjustable “home equity lines of credit” may include a “floor” and/or a “ceiling” on the interest rate that we charge for these loans. These loans also may be offered as fully amortizing closed-end fixed-rate loans for terms up to 15 years. The majority of home equity loans originated are owner occupied one-to-four family residential properties and condominium units. To a lesser extent, home equity loans are also originated on one-to-four residential properties held for investment and second homes. All home equity loans are subject to an 80% loan-to-value ratio computed on the basis of the aggregate of the first mortgage loan amount outstanding and the proposed home equity loan. They are generally granted in amounts from $25,000 to $300,000. Construction Loans. At December 31, 2021, construction loans totaled $59.8 million, or 0.90%, of gross loans. Our construction loans primarily are adjustable rate loans to finance the construction of one-to-four family residential properties, multi-family residential properties and owner-occupied commercial properties. We also, to a limited extent, finance the construction of commercial properties. Our policies provide that construction loans may be made in amounts up to 70% of the estimated value of the developed property and only if we obtain a first lien position on the underlying real estate. Construction loans are generally made with terms of two years or less. Advances are made as construction progresses and inspection warrants, subject to continued title searches to ensure that we maintain a first lien position. We originated and purchased construction loans totaling $38.1 million, $21.9 million, and $33.9 million during 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Construction loans involve a greater degree of risk than other loans because, among other things, the underwriting of such loans is based on an estimated value of the developed property, which can be difficult to ascertain in light of uncertainties inherent in such estimations. In addition, construction lending entails the risk that the project may not be completed due to cost overruns or changes in market conditions. Small Business Administration Lending. At December 31, 2021, SBA loans totaled $93.8 million, representing 1.41%, of gross loans. These loans are extended to small businesses and are guaranteed by the SBA up to a maximum of 85% of the loan balance for loans with balances of $150,000 or less, and to a maximum of 75% of the loan balance for loans with balances greater than $150,000. We also provide term loans and lines of credit up to $350,000 under the SBA Express Program, on which the SBA provides a 50% guaranty. The maximum loan size under the SBA guarantee program is $5.0 million, with a maximum loan guarantee of $3.75 million. All SBA loans are underwritten in accordance with SBA Standard Operating Procedures which requires collateral and the personal guarantee of the owners with more than 20% ownership from SBA borrowers. Typically, SBA loans are originated in the range of $25,000 to $2.0 million with terms ranging from one to seven years and up to 25 years for owner occupied commercial real estate mortgages. SBA loans are generally offered at adjustable rates tied to the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal) with adjustment periods of one to three months. At times, we may sell the guaranteed portion of certain SBA term loans in the secondary market, realizing a gain at the time of sale, and retaining the servicing rights on these loans, collecting a servicing fee of approximately 1%. The CARES Act created the SBA PPP. The SBA guarantees 100% of the amounts loaned by preferred banks. These loans are extended to small businesses with less than 500 employees that were in business prior to February 15, 2020 with loan amounts of $10.0 million or less to cover their payroll costs, health care benefits (including paid sick or medical leave, and insurance premiums), mortgage interest obligations of business, rent obligations, utility payments, interest on other debt obligations with terms ranging up to two years with no interest payments required for six months from the date of disbursement. We originated and purchased $143.4 million (including $138.7 million of SBA PPP loans), $112.4 million (including $111.6 million of SBA PPP loans), and $3.4 million of SBA loans during 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. 10 Commercial Business and Other Lending. At December 31, 2021, commercial business and other loans totaled $1,339.3 million, or 20.19%, of gross loans. We originate and purchase commercial business loans and other loans for business, personal, or household purposes. Commercial business loans are provided to businesses in the New York City metropolitan area with annual sales of up to $250.0 million. Our commercial business loans include lines of credit and term loans including owner occupied mortgages. These loans are secured by business assets, including accounts receivables, inventory, equipment and real estate and generally require personal guarantees. The Bank also enters into participations/syndications on senior secured commercial business loans, which are serviced by other banks. Commercial business loans are generally originated in a range of $100,000 to $10.0 million. We generally offer adjustable rate loans with adjustment periods of five years for owner occupied mortgages and for lines of credit the adjustment period is generally monthly. Interest rates on adjustable rate loans currently offered by us are adjusted at the beginning of each adjustment period based upon a fixed spread above the FHLB-NY corresponding Regular Advance Rate for owner occupied mortgages and a fixed spread above the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or Prime Rate for lines of credit. Beginning in mid-2023 these loans will no longer reprice using LIBOR and will reprice on an alternative index, such as Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. SOFR is a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities. Commercial business adjustable-rate loans generally are not subject to limitations on interest rate increases either on an adjustment period or aggregate basis over the life of the loan, however they generally are subject to interest rate floors. Our fixed-rate commercial business loans are generally originated for terms up to 20 years and are competitively priced based on market conditions and our cost of funds. We originated and purchased $540.4 million, $397.7 million, and $603.8 million of commercial business loans during 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Other loans generally consist of overdraft lines of credit. Generally, unsecured consumer loans are limited to amounts of $5,000 or less for terms of up to five years. We originated and purchased $4.6 million, $10.0 million, and $1.9 million of other loans during 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The underwriting standards employed by us for consumer and other loans include a determination of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and assessment of the applicant’s ability to meet payments on all of his or her obligations. In addition to the creditworthiness of the applicant, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral, if any, to the proposed loan amount. Unsecured loans tend to have higher risk, and therefore command a higher interest rate. Loan Extensions, Renewals, Modifications and Restructuring. Extensions, renewals, modifications or restructuring a loan, other than a loan that is classified as a TDR, requires the loan to be fully underwritten in accordance with our policy. The borrower must be current to have a loan extended, renewed or restructured. Our policy for modifying a mortgage loan due to the borrower’s request for changes in the terms will depend on the changes requested. The borrower must be current and have a good payment history to have a loan modified. If the borrower is seeking additional funds, the loan is fully underwritten in accordance with our policy for new loans. If the borrower is seeking a reduction in the interest rate due to a decline in interest rates in the market, we generally limit our review as follows: (1) for income producing properties and commercial business loans, to a review of the operating results of the property/business and a satisfactory inspection of the property, and (2) for one-to-four residential properties, to a satisfactory inspection of the property. Our policy on restructuring a loan when the loan will be classified as a TDR requires the loan to be fully underwritten in accordance with Company policy. The borrower must demonstrate the ability to repay the loan under the new terms. When the restructuring results in a TDR, we may waive some requirements of Company policy provided the borrower has demonstrated the ability to meet the requirements of the restructured loan and repay the restructured loan. While our formal lending policies do not prohibit making additional loans to a borrower or any related interest of the borrower who is past due in principal or interest more than 90 days, it has been our practice not to make additional loans to a borrower or a related interest of the borrower if the borrower is past due more than 90 days as to principal or interest. During the most recent three fiscal years, we did not make any additional loans to a borrower or any related interest of the borrower who was past due in principal or interest more than 90 days. All extensions, renewals, restructurings and modifications must be approved by the appropriate Loan Committee. Covid-19 Modifications. Pursuant to the CARES Act and CAA, certain loan modifications are not classified as TDRs if the related loans were not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019. The Company has elected that loans temporarily modified for borrowers directly impacted by COVID-19 are not considered TDR, assuming the above criteria is met and as such, these loans are considered current and continue to accrue interest at its original contractual terms. Deferrals granted under the Cares Act are deemed in accrual status and interest income is accrued until the end of 11 deferral period even if there are no payments being collected. When the forbearance period is over, borrowers are expected to resume contractual payments. The determination of whether a loan is past due is based on the modified terms of the agreement. Once the deferral period is over, the borrower will resume making payments and normal delinquency-based non-accrual policies will apply. Loans modified after January 2, 2022 are no longer eligible to be modified under the CARES Act or CAA. Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) approved lending policies establishing loan approval requirements for our various types of loan products. Our Residential Mortgage Lending Policy (which applies to all one-to-four family mortgage loans, including residential and mixed-use property) establishes authorized levels of approval. One-to-four family mortgage loans that do not exceed $750,000 require two signatures for approval, one of which must be from either the President, Senior Executive Vice President Chief of Real Estate Lending, the Executive Vice President of Residential, Mixed Use & Small Multi-family Lending or Executive Vice President Real Estate Credit Center (collectively, “Authorized Officers”) and the other from a Senior Underwriter, Manager, Underwriter or Junior Underwriter in the Residential Mortgage Loan Department (collectively, “Loan Officers”), and ratification by the Management Loan Committee. For one-to-four family mortgage loans in excess of $750,000 up to $2.0 million, three signatures are required for approval, at least two of which must be from Authorized Officers, and the other one may be a Loan Officer, and ratification by the Management Loan Committee and the Director’s Loan Committee. The Director’s Loan Committee or the Bank Board of Directors also must approve one-to-four family mortgage loans in excess of $2.0 million up to and including $5.0 million after obtaining two signatures from authorized officers and one signature from loan officers with Management Loan Committee approval. One-to-four family mortgage loans in excess of $5.0 million may require Director’s inspection. Pursuant to our Commercial Real Estate Lending Policy, loans secured by commercial real estate and multi- family residential properties up to $2.0 million are approved by the Executive Vice President of Commercial Real Estate and the Senior Executive Vice President, Chief of Real Estate Lending or Executive Vice President Credit Center Manager and then ratified by the Management Loan Committee and/or the Director’s Loan Committee. Loans provided in excess of $2.0 million and up to and including $5.0 million must be submitted with the two signatures of the officers to the Management Loan Committee for final approval and then to the Director’s Loan Committee and/or Board of Directors for ratification. Loans in excess of $5.0 million and up to and including $25.0 million must be submitted subsequently to the Director’s Loan Committee and/ or the Board of Directors for approval. Loan amounts in excess of $25.0 million must be approved by the Board of Directors. In accordance with our Business Banking Credit Policy, commercial business and other loans require two signatures from the Business Loan Committee for approval up to $0.5 million. All commercial business loans and SBA loans over $0.5 million and up to $2.5 million must be approved by obtaining two signatures from the Business Loan Committee and ratified by the Management Loan Committee with the exception of SBA PPP loans. SBA PPP loans were approved by Business Loan Committee regardless of the lending limit and ratified by Management Loan Committee. Commercial business loans and SBA loans in excess of $2.5 million up to $5.0 million must be approved by the Management Loan Committee and ratified by the Director’s Loan Committee. Loans in excess of $5.0 million must be submitted to the Director’s Loan Committee and/ or the Board of Directors for approval. Our Construction Loan Policy requires construction loans up to and including $2.0 million must be approved by the Senior Executive Vice President, Chief of Real Estate Lending and the Executive Vice President of Commercial Real Estate, and ratified by the Management Loan Committee or the Director’s Loan Committee. Such loans in excess of $2.0 million up to and including $5.0 million require the same officer approvals, approval of the Management Loan Committee, and ratification of the Director’s Loan Committee or the Bank Board of Directors. Loan proposals in excess of $5.0 million up to and including $25.0 million that are approved by Management Loan Committee will subsequently be submitted to either the Directors Loan Committee and/or the Board of Directors for their approval. Construction loans in excess of $25.0 million require the subsequent approval of the Bank Board of Directors. Any loan, regardless of type, that deviates from our written credit policies must be approved by the Director’s Loan Committee or the Bank Board of Directors. For all loans originated by us, upon receipt of a completed loan application, a credit report is ordered and certain other financial information is obtained. An appraisal of the real estate intended to secure the proposed loan is required to be received. An independent appraiser designated and approved by us currently performs such appraisals. Our staff 12 appraisers review all appraisals. The Bank Board of Directors annually approves the independent appraisers used by the Bank and approves the Bank’s appraisal policy. It is our policy to require borrowers to obtain title insurance and hazard insurance on all real estate loans prior to closing. For certain borrowers, and/or as required by law, the Bank may require escrow funds on a monthly basis together with each payment of principal and interest to a mortgage escrow account from which we make disbursements for items such as real estate taxes and, in some cases, hazard insurance premiums. Loan Concentrations. The maximum amount of credit that the Bank can extend to any single borrower or related group of borrowers generally is limited to 15% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus, or $126.0 million at December 31, 2021. Applicable laws and regulations permit an additional amount of credit to be extended, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate. See “-Regulation.” However, it is currently our policy not to extend such additional credit. At December 31, 2021, there were no loans in excess of the maximum dollar amount of loans to one borrower that the Bank was authorized to make. At that date, the three largest concentrations of loans to one borrower consisted of loans secured by commercial real estate, multi-family income producing properties and commercial business loans with an aggregate principal balance outstanding of $93.8 million, $89.0 million, and $78.7 million for each of the three borrowers, respectively. Loan Servicing. At December 31, 2021, we were servicing $34.1 million of loans for others. Our policy is to retain the servicing rights to the mortgage and SBA loans that we sell in the secondary market, other than sales of delinquent loans, which are sold with servicing released to the buyer. On mortgage loans and commercial business loan participations purchased by us for whom the seller retains the servicing rights, we receive monthly reports with which we monitor the loan portfolio. Based upon servicing agreements with the servicers of the loans, we rely upon the servicer to contact delinquent borrowers, collect delinquent amounts and initiate foreclosure proceedings, when necessary, all in accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the servicing agreements between us and our servicing agents. The servicers are required to submit monthly reports on their collection efforts on delinquent loans. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we held $653.4 million and $788.9 million, respectively, of loans that were serviced by others. Asset Quality Loan Collection. When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan, except for serviced loans as described above, we take a number of steps to induce the borrower to cure the delinquency and restore the loan to current status. In the case of mortgage loans, personal contact is made with the borrower after the loan becomes 30 days delinquent. We take a proactive approach to managing delinquent loans, including conducting site examinations and encouraging borrowers to meet with one of our representatives. When deemed appropriate, we develop short-term payment plans that enable borrowers to bring their loans current, generally within six to nine months. We review delinquencies on a loan by loan basis, diligently exploring ways to help borrowers meet their obligations and return them back to current status. In the case of commercial business or other loans, we generally send the borrower a written notice of non-payment when the loan is first past due. In the event payment is not then received, additional letters and phone calls generally are made in order to encourage the borrower to meet with one of our representatives to discuss the delinquency. If the loan still is not brought current and it becomes necessary for us to take legal action, which typically occurs after a loan is delinquent 90 days or more, we may attempt to repossess personal or business property that secures a SBA loan, commercial business loan or consumer loan. When the borrower has indicated that they will be unable to bring the loan current, or due to other circumstances which, in our opinion, indicate the borrower will be unable to bring the loan current within a reasonable time, the loan is classified as non-performing. All loans classified as non-performing, which includes all loans past due 90 days or more, are on non-accrual status unless there is, in our opinion, compelling evidence the borrower will bring the loan current in the immediate future. At December 31, 2021, there were no loans that were past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest. Upon classifying a loan as non-performing, we review available information and conditions that relate to the status of the loan, including the estimated value of the loan’s collateral and any legal considerations that may affect the borrower’s ability to continue to make payments. Based upon the available information, we will consider the sale of the 13 loan or retention of the loan. If the loan is retained, we may continue to work with the borrower to collect the amounts due or start foreclosure proceedings. If a foreclosure action is initiated and the loan is not brought current, paid in full, or refinanced before the foreclosure sale, the real property securing the loan is sold at foreclosure or by us as soon thereafter as practicable. Once the decision to sell a loan is made, we determine what we would consider adequate consideration to be obtained when that loan is sold, based on the facts and circumstances related to that loan. Investors and brokers are then contacted to seek interest in purchasing the loan. We have been successful in finding buyers for our non-performing loans offered for sale that are willing to pay what we consider to be adequate consideration. Terms of the sale include cash due upon closing of the sale, no contingencies or recourse to us, servicing is released to the buyer and time is of the essence. These sales usually close within a reasonably short time period. This strategy of selling non-performing loans has allowed us to optimize our return by quickly converting our non-performing loans to cash, which can then be reinvested in earning assets. This strategy also allows us to avoid lengthy and costly legal proceedings that may occur with non-performing loans. There can be no assurances that we will continue this strategy in future periods, or if continued, we will be able to find buyers to pay adequate consideration. The following table shows delinquent and non-performing loans sold during the periods indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Count Proceeds Net (charge-offs) recoveries Gross gains Gross losses For the years ended December 31, 2020 2019 2021 33 2 11 $ 28,632 $ (121) 335 — 580 $ 13,048 (1) — 756 — 42 — Troubled Debt Restructured. For borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulties, we have restructured certain problem loans by: reducing the interest rate until the next reset date, extending the amortization period thereby lowering the monthly payments, deferring a portion of the interest payment, and/or changing the loan to interest only payments for a limited time period. At times, certain problem loans have been restructured by combining more than one of these options. These restructurings have not included a reduction of principal balance. We believe that restructuring these loans in this manner will allow certain borrowers to become and remain current on their loans. These restructured loans are classified TDR. Loans which have been current for six consecutive months at the time they are restructured as TDR remain on accrual status. Loans which were delinquent at the time they are restructured as a TDR are placed on non- accrual status until they have made timely payments for six consecutive months. The CARES Act, as amended by the CAA, includes provisions for the Company to temporarily opt out of applying the TDR accounting guidance in ASC 310- 40 for certain loan modifications. 14 The following table shows loans classified as TDR at amortized cost that are performing according to their restructured terms at the periods indicated: (In thousands) Accrual Status: Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family - mixed-use property One-to-four family - residential Commercial business and other Total Non-Accrual Status: One-to-four family - mixed-use property Taxi medallion Commercial business and other Total 2021 2020 At December 31, 2019 2018 2017 $ 1,690 $ 7,572 1,375 483 1,340 12,460 1,700 $ 7,702 1,459 507 1,588 12,956 1,873 $ — 1,481 531 — 3,885 1,916 $ — 1,692 552 279 4,439 2,518 1,986 1,753 572 462 7,291 261 — 41 302 272 440 2,243 2,955 — 1,668 941 2,609 — 3,926 — 3,926 — 5,916 — 5,916 Total performing troubled debt restructured $ 12,762 $ 15,911 $ 6,494 $ 8,365 $ 13,207 Loans that are restructured as TDR but are not performing in accordance with the restructured terms are excluded from the TDR table above, as they are placed on non-accrual status and reported as non-performing loans. At December 31, 2021, there were no loans which were restructured as TDR not performing in accordance with its restructured terms. At December 31, 2020, there were 12 loans totaling $2.2 million which were restructured as TDR not performing in accordance with their restructured terms. Delinquent Loans and Non-performing Assets. We generally discontinue accruing interest on delinquent loans when a loan is 90 days past due. At that time, previously accrued but uncollected interest is reversed from income. Loans in default 90 days or more as to their maturity date but not their interest payments, however, continue to accrue interest as long as the borrower continues to timely remit interest payments. 15 The following table shows our non-performing assets at the dates indicated. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, the amounts of additional interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans, had they been current, totaled $1.1 million, $1.4 million, and $1.1 million, respectively. These amounts were not included in our interest income for the respective periods. (Dollars in thousands) 2021 2020 At December 31, 2019 2018 2017 Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing: Multi-family residential $ Commercial real estate Total Non-accrual mortgage loans: Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family mixed-use property (1) One-to-four family residential Total Non-accrual non-mortgage loans: Small Business Administration Taxi medallion(1) Commercial business and other (1) Total Total non-accrual loans Total non-performing loans Other non-performing assets: Real Estate Owned Other assets acquired through foreclosure Total Total non-performing assets — — — $ 201 2,547 2,748 $ $ 445 — 445 — — — $ — 2,424 2,424 2,431 613 1,309 7,725 12,078 937 — 1,918 2,855 14,933 14,933 2,524 1,683 1,366 5,854 11,427 1,151 2,317 3,430 6,898 18,325 21,073 2,296 367 274 5,139 8,076 1,151 1,641 1,945 4,737 12,813 13,258 2,410 1,379 928 6,144 10,861 1,267 613 3,512 5,392 16,253 16,253 3,598 1,473 1,867 7,808 14,746 46 918 — 964 15,710 18,134 — — — $ 14,933 — 35 35 $ 21,108 239 35 274 $ 13,532 — 35 35 $ 16,288 — — — $ 18,134 Non-performing loans to gross loans Non-performing assets to total assets 0.23 % 0.19 % 0.31 % 0.26 % 0.23 % 0.19 % 0.29 % 0.24 % 0.35 % 0.29 % (1) Not included in the above analysis are the following non-accrual TDRs that are performing according to their restructured terms: taxi medallion loans totaling $0.4 million, $1.7 million, $3.9 million and $5.9 million at December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017 respectively, One-to-four family mixed-use property loans totaling $0.3 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and commercial business loans totaling less than $0.1 million, $2.2 million and $0.9 million at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 16 The following table shows our delinquent loans that are less than 90 days past due and still accruing interest at the periods indicated: December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 60 - 89 days days days 30 - 59 30 - 59 60 - 89 days (In thousands) Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family ― mixed-use property One-to-four family ― residential Construction Small Business Administration Commercial business and other Total $ 3,652 $ 4,193 $ 7,582 $ 3,186 5,123 1,132 805 — — 1,273 $ 11,978 $ 4,457 $ 36,947 $ 11,519 17,903 5,673 3,087 750 1,823 129 5,743 2,319 163 — — 101 — — 224 — — 40 Other Real Estate Owned. We aggressively market our Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) properties. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we held no OREO. We may obtain physical possession of residential real estate collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan via foreclosure through an in-substance repossession. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we did not foreclose any real estate property. Included within net loans as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, was a recorded investment of $8.7 million and $5.9 million, respectively, of consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. Environmental Concerns Relating to Loans. We currently obtain environmental reports in connection with the underwriting of commercial real estate loans, and typically obtain environmental reports in connection with the underwriting of multi-family loans. For all other loans, we obtain environmental reports only if the nature of the current or, to the extent known to us, prior use of the property securing the loan indicates a potential environmental risk. However, we may not be aware of such uses or risks in any particular case, and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that real estate acquired by us in foreclosure is free from environmental contamination nor that we will not have any liability with respect thereto. Classified Assets. Our policy is to review our assets, focusing primarily on the loan portfolio, OREO and the investment portfolios, to ensure that the credit quality is maintained at the highest levels. When weaknesses are identified, immediate action is taken to correct the problem through direct contact with the borrower or issuer. We then monitor these assets, and, in accordance with our policy and current regulatory guidelines, we designate them as “Special Mention,” which is considered a “Criticized Asset,” and “Substandard,” “Doubtful,” or “Loss” which are considered “Classified Assets,” as deemed necessary. If a loan does not fall within one of the previous mentioned categories and management believes weakness is evident then we designate the loan as “Watch”, all other loans would be considered “Pass”. These loan designations are updated quarterly. We designate an asset as Substandard when a well-defined weakness is identified that jeopardizes the orderly liquidation of the debt. We designate an asset as Doubtful when it displays the inherent weakness of a Substandard asset with the added provision that collection of the debt in full, on the basis of existing facts, is highly improbable. We designate an asset as Loss if it is deemed the debtor is incapable of repayment. We do not hold any loans designated as loss, as loans that are designated as Loss are charged to the Allowance for Credit Losses. Assets that are non-accrual are designated as Substandard, Doubtful or Loss. We designate an asset as Special Mention if the asset does not warrant designation within one of the other categories, but contains a potential weakness that deserves closer attention. Loans that are in forbearance pursuant to the CARES Act or CAA and continue to perform according to the terms of the forbearance agreement, are generally reported in the same category as they were reported immediately prior to modification. Our Criticized and Classified Assets totaled $78.6 million at December 31, 2021, an increase of $6.7 million from $71.9 million at December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021, we had one investment security classified as special mention that has an outstanding balance of $21.0 million. 17 The following table sets forth the Bank’s Criticized and Classified assets at December 31, 2021: (In thousands) Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Loss Total Loans: Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family - mixed-use property One-to-four family - residential Construction Small Business Administration (1) Commercial business and other Total loans Investment Securities: Held-to-maturity securities Total investment securities $ 4,787 $ 794 1,130 354 856 48 17,988 25,957 3,021 $ 1,053 1,835 7,661 873 957 14,878 30,278 — $ — — — — — 1,081 1,081 — $ — — — — — — — 7,808 1,847 2,965 8,015 1,729 1,005 33,947 57,316 20,977 20,977 — — — — — — 20,977 20,977 Total $ 46,934 $ 30,278 $ 1,081 $ — $ 78,293 The following table sets forth the Bank’s Criticized and Classified assets at December 31, 2020: (In thousands) Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Loss Total $ Loans: Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family - mixed-use property One-to-four family - residential Co-operative apartments Construction Small Business Administration (1) Taxi medallion Commercial business and other Total $ (1) Balance reported net of SBA Guaranteed portion. Allowance for Credit Losses 4,367 $ 6,473 2,523 1,673 48 3,336 50 — 3,363 21,833 $ 2,778 $ 12,015 2,324 5,702 — — 1,174 2,597 22,224 48,814 $ — $ — — — — — — — 1,273 1,273 $ 7,145 — $ 18,488 — 4,847 — 7,375 — 48 — 3,336 — 1,224 — 2,597 — — 26,860 — $ 71,920 The Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) is an estimate that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset to present the net carrying value at the amount expected to be collected on the financial assets. Loans are charged off against that ACL when management believes that a loan balance is uncollectable based on quarterly analysis of credit risk. As of January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASC Topic 326 “Credit Losses”. The amount of the ACL is based upon a loss rate model that considers multiple factors which reflects management’s assessment of the credit quality of the loan portfolio. Management estimates the allowance balance using relevant information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The factors are both quantitative and qualitative in nature including, but not limited to, historical losses, economic conditions, trends in delinquencies, value and adequacy of underlying collateral, volume and portfolio mix, and internal loan processes. 18 The quantitative allowance is calculated using a number of inputs and assumptions. The process and guidelines were developed using, among other factors, the guidance from federal banking regulatory agencies and GAAP. The results of this process, support management’s assessment as to the adequacy of the ACL at each balance sheet date. The process for calculating the allowance for credit losses begins with our historical losses by portfolio segment. The losses are then incorporated into reasonable and supportable forecast to develop the quantitative component of the allowance for credit losses. When calculating the ACL estimate for December 31, 2021, the reasonable and supportable forecast was for a period of two quarters and the reversion period was six quarters which were based on the established framework for transition periods. This resulted in the ACL for loans totaling $37.1 million at December 31, 2021. Non-performing loans totaled $14.9 million and $21.1 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Bank’s underwriting standards generally require a loan-to-value ratio of no more than 75% at the time the loan is originated. At December 31, 2021, the outstanding principal balance of our non-performing loans was 30.4% of the estimated current value of the supporting collateral, after considering the charge-offs that have been recorded. We incurred total net charge-offs of $3.1 million and $3.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company recorded a (benefit) provision for credit losses on loans totaling ($4.9) million, and $22.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The decrease in the provision for credit losses recorded in the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily due to improved economic conditions. We believe that at December 31, 2021, the allowance was sufficient to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio. The allowance for credit losses represented 0.56% and 0.67% of gross loans outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020. The allowance for credit losses represented 248.7% of non-performing loans at December 31, 2021 compared to 214.3% at December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021, we had one active forbearance for held-to-maturity securities with an outstanding balance of $21.0 million. During the time this security is in forbearance, it is considered current and as such, continues to accrue interest at its original contractual terms. This resulted in the ACL for held-to-maturity securities totaling $0.9 million at December 31, 2021. 19 The following table sets forth changes in, and the balance of, our Allowance for credit losses. (Dollars in thousands) 2021 2020 For the year ended December 31, For the year ended December 31, Balance at beginning of period Loans- CECL Adoption Loans- Allowance recorded at the time of Acquisition Loans- Charge-off Loans- Recovery Loans- (Benefit) Provision Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans Balance at beginning of period HTM Securities- CECL Adoption HTM Securities- (Benefit) Provision Allowance for HTM Securities losses Balance at beginning of period Off-Balance Sheet - CECL Adoption Off-Balance Sheet- (Benefit) Provision Allowance for Off-Balance Sheet losses Allowance for Credit Losses $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 45,153 $ — — (5,134) 2,015 (4,899) 37,135 $ 907 $ — (45) 862 $ 1,815 $ — (606) 1,209 $ 39,206 $ 21,751 379 4,099 (4,005) 366 22,563 45,153 — 340 567 907 — 553 1,262 1,815 47,875 20 The following table sets forth changes in, and the balance of, our Allowance for credit losses - loans. (Dollars in thousands) 2021 At and for the years ended December 31, 2020 2018 2019 2017 Balance at beginning of year Allowance recorded at the time of Acquisition CECL Adoption (Benefit) provision for credit losses $ 45,153 — — (4,899) $ 21,751 4,099 379 22,563 $ 20,945 — — 2,811 $ 20,351 — — 575 $ 22,229 — — 9,861 Loans charged-off: Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family mixed-use property One-to-four family residential SBA Taxi medallion Commercial business and other loans Total loans charged-off Recoveries: Mortgage loans SBA, commercial business and other loans Taxi medallion Total recoveries (43) (64) (33) — — (2,758) (2,236) (5,134) — — (3) — (178) (1,075) (2,749) (4,005) (190) — (89) (113) — — (2,386) (2,778) 300 258 1,457 2,015 188 178 — 366 291 348 134 773 (99) — (3) (1) (392) (393) (44) (932) 711 97 143 951 (454) (4) (39) (415) (212) (11,283) (65) (12,472) 595 138 — 733 Net (charge-offs) recoveries Balance at end of year (3,119) $ 37,135 (3,639) $ 45,153 (2,005) $ 21,751 19 $ 20,945 (11,739) $ 20,351 Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) during the year to average loans outstanding during the year Ratio of allowance for credit losses to gross loans at end of the year Ratio of allowance for credit losses to non-accrual loans at the end of the year Ratio of allowance for credit losses to non- performing loans at the end of the year Ratio of allowance for credit losses to non- performing assets at the end of the year 0.05 % 0.06 % 0.04 % — % 0.24 % 0.56 % 0.67 % 0.38 % 0.38 % 0.39 % 248.66 % 246.40 % 169.76 % 128.87 % 129.54 % 248.66 % 214.27 % 164.05 % 128.87 % 112.23 % 248.66 % 213.91 % 160.73 % 128.60 % 112.23 % 21 The following table sets forth our allocation of the allowance for credit losses to the total amount for loans in each of the loan categories listed at the dates indicated. The numbers contained in the “Amount” column indicate the allowance for credit losses allocated for each loan category. The numbers contained in the column entitled “Percentage of Loans in Category to Total Loans” indicate the total amount of loans in each loan category as a percentage of our loan portfolio. 2021 2020 At December 31, 2019 2018 2017 Percent of Loans in Category to Percent of Loans in Category to Amount Total loans Amount Total loans Amount Total loans Amount Total loans Amount Total loans (Dollars in thousands) Percent of Loans in Category to Percent of Loans in Category to Percent of Loans in Category to $ 8,185 7,158 37.94 % $ 6,557 8,327 26.77 37.81 % $ 5,391 4,429 26.18 38.88 % $ 5,676 4,315 27.48 41.00 % $ 5,823 4,643 27.86 44.08 % 26.51 1,755 784 — 186 18,068 8.62 4.04 0.13 0.90 78.40 1,986 869 — 497 18,236 9.00 3.66 0.12 1.24 78.01 1,817 756 — 441 12,834 10.29 3.27 0.15 1.18 81.25 1,867 749 — 329 12,936 10.44 3.44 0.15 0.91 83.80 2,545 1,082 — 68 14,161 10.93 3.50 0.13 0.16 85.31 Loan Category Mortgage loans: Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family mixed-use property One-to-four family residential Co-operative apartment Construction Gross mortgage loans Non-mortgage loans: Small Business Administration Taxi medallion Commercial business and other Gross non-mortgage loans 1,209 — 17,858 19,067 1.41 — 20.19 21.60 2,251 — 24,666 26,917 2.50 0.04 19.45 21.99 363 — 8,554 8,917 0.25 0.06 18.44 18.75 418 — 7,591 8,009 0.27 0.08 15.85 16.20 669 — 5,521 6,190 0.36 0.13 14.20 14.69 Total loans $ 37,135 100.00 % $ 45,153 100.00 % $ 21,751 100.00 % $ 20,945 100.00 % $ 20,351 100.00 % Investment Activities General. Our investment policy is designed primarily to manage the interest rate sensitivity of our overall assets and liabilities, to generate a favorable return without incurring undue interest rate and credit risk, to complement our lending activities and to provide and maintain liquidity. In establishing our investment strategies, we consider our business and growth strategies, the economic environment, our interest rate risk exposure, our interest rate sensitivity “gap” position, the types of securities to be held, and other factors. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview—Management Strategy” in Item 7 of this Annual Report. Although we have authority to invest in various types of assets, we primarily invest in mortgage-backed securities, securities issued by mutual or bond funds that invest in government and government agency securities, municipal bonds, corporate bonds and collateralized loan obligations (“CLO”). We did not hold any issues of foreign sovereign debt at December 31, 2021 and 2020. Our ALCO Investment Committee meets quarterly to monitor investment transactions and to establish investment strategy. The Board of Directors reviews the investment policy on an annual basis and investment activity on a monthly basis. 22 We classify our investment securities as available for sale when management intends to hold the securities for an indefinite period of time or when the securities may be utilized for tactical asset/liability purposes and may be sold from time to time to effectively manage interest rate exposure and resultant prepayment risk and liquidity needs. Securities are classified as held-to-maturity when management intends to hold the securities until maturity. We carry some of our investments under the fair value option, totaling $14.6 million and $14.5 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Unrealized gains and losses for investments carried under the fair value option are included in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, are excluded from earnings and included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes. Securities held-to-maturity are carried at their amortized cost basis. At December 31, 2021, we had $777.2 million in securities available for sale and $57.9 million in securities held-to-maturity, which together represented 10.38% of total assets. These securities had an aggregate market value at December 31, 2021 that was approximately 1.2 times the amount of our equity at that date. The Company’s estimate of expected credit losses for held-to-maturity debt securities is based on historical information, current conditions and a reasonable and supportable forecast. The Company’s portfolio is made up of three securities totaling $58.7 million (before allowance for credit losses): the first with an amortized cost of $29.9 million structured similar to a commercial owner occupied loan and modeled for credit losses similar to commercial business loans secured by real estate with an allowance for credit losses of $0.2 million at December 31, 2021; the second with an amortized cost of $21.0 million that currently is under forbearance with an individually evaluated allowance for credit loss of $0.6 million at December 31, 2021; and the third with an amortized cost of $7.9 million issued and guaranteed by Fannie Mae, which is a government sponsored enterprise that has a credit rating and perceived credit risk comparable to the U.S. government. Accordingly, the Company assumes a zero loss expectation from the Fannie Mae security. The security currently in forbearance is considered current and as such, continues to accrue interest at its original contractual terms. 23 The table below sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost and market values of our securities portfolio, interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold, at the dates indicated. Securities available for sale are recorded at market value. 2021 At December 31, 2020 2019 Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value (In thousands) Securities held-to-maturity Bonds and other debt securities: Municipal securities (1) Total bonds and other debt securities Mortgage-backed securities: FNMA Total mortgage-backed securities $ 50,836 $ 53,362 $ 50,825 $ 54,538 $ 50,954 $ 53,998 53,998 50,954 54,538 50,836 53,362 50,825 7,894 7,894 8,667 8,667 7,914 7,914 8,991 8,991 7,934 7,934 8,114 8,114 Total securities held-to-maturity 58,730 62,029 58,739 63,529 58,888 62,112 Securities available for sale Bonds and other debt securities: U.S. government agencies Municipal securities Corporate debentures Collateralized loan obligations Total bonds and other debt securities 5,599 — 107,423 81,166 194,188 5,590 — 104,370 80,912 190,872 6,452 — 130,000 100,561 237,013 6,453 — 123,865 99,198 229,516 — 12,797 130,000 100,349 243,146 — 12,916 123,050 99,137 235,103 Mutual funds 12,485 12,485 12,703 12,703 12,216 12,216 Equity securities: Common stock Total equity securities Mortgage-backed securities: REMIC and CMO GNMA FNMA FHLMC Total mortgage-backed securities 1,695 1,695 1,695 1,695 1,295 1,295 1,295 1,295 1,332 1,332 1,332 1,332 210,948 10,572 203,777 152,760 578,057 208,509 10,286 202,938 150,451 572,184 175,142 13,009 143,154 63,796 395,101 180,877 13,053 146,169 64,361 404,460 348,236 653 104,235 68,476 521,600 348,989 704 104,882 69,274 523,849 Total securities available for sale 786,425 777,236 646,112 647,974 778,294 772,500 Interest-earning deposits and Federal funds sold Total 51,699 36,511 $ 896,854 $ 890,964 $ 838,534 $ 845,186 $ 873,693 $ 871,123 51,699 133,683 133,683 36,511 (1) Does not include allowance for credit losses totaling $0.9 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. 24 Mortgage-backed securities. At December 31, 2021, we had available for sale and held-to-maturity mortgage- backed securities with a market value totaling $580.9 million, of which $11.5 million was invested in adjustable-rate mortgage-backed securities. The mortgage loans underlying these adjustable-rate securities generally are subject to limitations on annual and lifetime interest rate increases. We anticipate that investments in mortgage-backed securities may continue to be used in the future to supplement mortgage-lending activities. Mortgage-backed securities are more liquid than individual mortgage loans and may be used more easily to collateralize our obligations, including collateralizing of the governmental deposits of the Bank. The following table sets forth our available for sale mortgage-backed securities purchases, sales and principal repayments for the years indicated: For the years ended December 31, 2019 2020 2021 (In thousands) Balance at beginning of year $ 404,460 $ 523,849 $ 557,953 Purchases of mortgage-backed securities 340,789 308,078 128,001 Amortization of unearned premium, net of accretion of unearned discount (2,943) (4,100) (3,145) Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on mortgage-backed securities available for sale (15,232) 7,111 12,159 Net realized gains (losses) recorded on mortgage-backed securities carried at fair value (2) 23 2 Sales and maturities of mortgage-backed securities (8,602) (220,971) (26,448) Principal repayments received on mortgage-backed securities (146,286) (209,530) (144,673) Net increase (decrease) in mortgage-backed securities 167,724 (119,389) (34,104) Balance at end of year $ 572,184 $ 404,460 $ 523,849 While mortgage-backed securities carry a reduced credit risk as compared to whole loans, such securities remain subject to the risk that a fluctuating interest rate environment, along with other factors such as the geographic distribution of the underlying mortgage loans, may alter the prepayment rate of such mortgage loans and so affect both the prepayment speed and value of such securities. 25 The table below sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost, fair value, annualized weighted average yields and maturities of our investment in debt and equity securities and interest-earning deposits at December 31, 2021. The stratification of balances is based on stated maturities. Assumptions for repayments and prepayments are not reflected for mortgage-backed securities. Securities available for sale are carried at their fair value in the consolidated financial statements and securities held-to-maturity are carried at their amortized cost. One year or Less One to Five Years Five to Ten Years More than Ten Years Total Securities Weighted Weighted Weighted Average Weighted Remaining Amortized Average Amortized Average Amortized Average Amortized Average Cost Cost Yield Yield Yield Yield Cost Cost Years to Amortized Maturity Cost Fair Value Weighted Average Yield (Dollars in thousands) Securities held-to-maturity Bonds and other debt securities: Municipal securities (1) $ Total bonds and other debt securities Mortgage-backed securities: FNMA Total mortgage-backed securities Securities available for sale Bonds and other debt securities: US govt. and agencies Corporate debentures CLO Total bonds and other debt securities — — — — — — — — — %   $ — — — — %   $ — — — — %   $ 50,836 50,836 — 3.24 %   3.24 23.73 $ 50,836 $ 53,362 53,362 50,836 23.73 3.24 % 3.24 — — — — — — — — — — 7,894 7,894 3.31 3.31 11.34 11.34 7,894 7,894 8,667 8,667 3.31 3.31 — — — — — 20,000 — 20,000 — 1.70 — 1.70 — 87,423 76,150 163,573 — 2.19 1.80 2.01 5,599 — 5,016 10,615 1.80 — 2.02 1.90 21.11 6.04 8.99 7.71 5,599 107,423 81,166 194,188 5,590 104,370 80,912 190,872 1.80 2.10 1.81 1.97 Mutual funds Equity securities: Common stock Total equity securities Mortgage-backed securities: REMIC and CMO GNMA FNMA FHLMC Total mortgage-backed securities 12,485 1.16 — — — — — — — 12,485 12,485 1.16 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1,695 1,695 1.59 1.59 — — 1,695 1,695 1,695 1,695 1.59 1.59 — — 12,618 — 12,618 — — 2.96 — 2.96 — 186 25,025 21,474 46,685 — 7.98 1.53 1.58 1.58 210,948 10,386 166,134 131,286 518,754 1.89 2.11 2.26 1.88 2.01 30.60 27.81 18.16 18.73 23.03 210,948 10,572 203,777 152,760 578,057 208,509 10,286 202,938 150,451 572,184 1.89 2.21 2.21 1.84 2.00 Interest-earning deposits Total 51,699 $ 64,184 0.17 — 0.36 % $ 32,618 — — 2.19 % $ 210,258 — — 1.91 % $ 589,794 — 2.13 % — 51,699 51,699 19.05 $ 896,854 $ 890,964 0.17 1.96 % (1) Does not include allowance for credit losses totaling $0.9 million. Other Business Activities The Company has recently contracted with New York Digital Investment Group (“NYDIG”) to offer bitcoin services to the Bank’s customers as the customers’ request. NYDIG, through its subsidiaries, holds certain cryptocurrency and money transmitter licenses and will be permitted to provide custody, execution, buying, selling, and holding bitcoin- related services to the Bank’s customers. Pursuant to the proposed program, a customer of the Bank could establish a customer account with NYDIG and buy, hold and sell bitcoin for that customer’s NYDIG account. Under the program, the Bank will not provide bitcoin services directly itself but instead will allow access for its customers to such services through NYDIG. One of the purposes of the Bank offering access to NYDIG’s services is for the Bank to attract new customers. The Bank plans to launch this proposed program with NYDIG in the first quarter of 2022. See “Risk Factors – Our New Arrangement with NYDIG to Offer NYDIG’s Bitcoin Services to Our Customers May expose us to Risks.” Sources of Funds General. Deposits, FHLB-NY borrowings, other borrowings, principal and interest payments on loans, mortgage- backed and other securities, and proceeds from sales of loans and securities are our primary sources of funds for lending, investing and other general purposes. Deposits. We offer a variety of deposit accounts having a range of interest rates and terms. Our deposits primarily consist of savings accounts, money market accounts, demand accounts, NOW accounts and certificates of deposit. We 26 have a relatively stable retail deposit base drawn from our market area through our 24 full-service offices and our Internet Branch. Deposits held at certain full-service branches include deposits obtained by our government banking group. We seek to retain existing depositor relationships by offering quality service and competitive interest rates, while keeping deposit growth within reasonable limits. It is management’s intention to balance its goal to maintain competitive interest rates on deposits while seeking to manage its cost of funds to finance its strategies. In addition to our full-service offices we operate the Internet Branch and a government banking unit. The Internet Branch currently offers savings accounts, money market accounts, checking accounts, and certificates of deposit. This allows us to compete on a national scale without the geographical constraints of physical locations. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, total deposits at our Internet Branch were $188.0 million and $221.7 million, respectively. The government banking unit provides banking services to public municipalities, including counties, cities, towns, villages, school districts, libraries, fire districts, and the various courts throughout the New York City metropolitan area. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, total deposits in our government banking unit totaled $1,618.8 million and $1,615.4 million, respectively. Our core deposits, consisting of savings accounts, NOW accounts, money market accounts, and non-interest bearing demand accounts, are typically more stable and lower costing than other sources of funding. However, the flow of deposits into a particular type of account is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in prevailing interest rates, and competition. We experienced an increase in our due to depositors’ during 2021 of $242.8 million, primarily due to growth in our core deposits. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the cost of our interest-bearing due to depositors’ accounts decreased 56 basis points to 0.38% from 0.94% for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in the cost of deposits was primarily due to the Company’s quick response to the Federal Reserve lowering rates. While we are unable to predict the direction of future interest rate changes, if interest rates would rise during 2022, the result could be an increase in our cost of deposits, which could reduce our net interest margin. Similarly, if interest rates remain at their current level or decline in 2022, we could see a decline in our cost of deposits, which could increase our net interest margin. Included in deposits are certificates of deposit with balances of $250,000 or more (excluding brokered deposits issued in $1,000 amounts under a master certificate of deposit) was $217.5 million and $266.9 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We utilize brokered deposits as an additional funding source and to assist in the management of our interest rate risk. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had $626.3 million and $1,074.1 million, respectively, classified as brokered deposits. We have obtained brokered certificates of deposit when the interest rate on these deposits is below the prevailing interest rate for non-brokered certificates of deposit with similar maturities in our market, or when obtaining them allowed us to extend the maturities of our deposits at favorable rates compared to borrowing funds with similar maturities, when we are seeking to extend the maturities of our funding to assist in the management of our interest rate risk. Brokered certificates of deposit provide a large deposit for us at a lower operating cost as compared to non-brokered certificates of deposit since we only have one account to maintain versus several accounts with multiple interest and maturity checks. The Depository Trust Company is used as the clearing house, maintaining each deposit under the name of CEDE & Co. These deposits are transferable just like a stock or bond investment and the customer can open the account with only a phone call, just like buying a stock or bond. Unlike non-brokered certificates of deposit, where the deposit amount can be withdrawn with a penalty for any reason, including increasing interest rates, a brokered certificate of deposit can only be withdrawn in the event of the death, or court declared mental incompetence, of the depositor. This allows us to better manage the maturity of our deposits and our interest rate risk. At times, we also utilized brokers to obtain money market deposits. The rate we pay on brokered money market accounts is similar to the rate we pay on non-brokered money market accounts, and the rate is agreed to in a contract between the Bank and the broker. These accounts are similar to brokered certificates of deposit accounts in that we only maintain one account for the total deposit per broker, with the broker maintaining the detailed records of each depositor. We also offer access to FDIC insurance coverage in excess of $250,000 through the IntraFi Network which arranges for placement of funds into certificate of deposit accounts, demand accounts or money market accounts issued by other member banks of the network in increments of less than $250,000 to ensure that both principal and interest are eligible for full FDIC deposit insurance. This allows us to accept deposits in excess of $250,000 from a depositor and to place the deposits through the network to other member banks to provide full FDIC deposit insurance coverage. We may 27 receive deposits from other member banks in exchange for the deposits we place into the network. We may also obtain deposits from other network member banks without placing deposits into the network. We will obtain deposits in this manner primarily as a short-term funding source. We also can place deposits with other member banks without receiving deposits from other member banks. Depositors are allowed to withdraw funds, with a penalty, from these accounts at one or more of the member banks that hold the deposits. Additionally, we place a portion of our government deposits in IntraFi Network money market and demand accounts which does not require us to provide collateral. This allows us to invest our funds in higher yielding assets. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bank held IntraFi Network deposits totaling $817.6 million and $1,452.7 million, respectively, of which $55.0 million and $720.1 million, respectively, were classified as brokered deposits. The Company had interest rate swaps on brokered CDs totaling $75.0 million at December 31, 2021 and none at December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021, the interest rate swaps on brokered CDs had an average cost of 0.52%. The following table sets forth the distribution of our deposit accounts at the dates indicated and the weighted average nominal interest rates on each category of deposits presented. 2021 Percent of Total Deposits Amount Weighted Average Nominal At December 31, 2020 Weighted Average Nominal Percent of Total Deposits (Dollars in thousands) 2019 Percent of Total Deposits Weighted Average Nominal Rate Rate Amount Rate Amount Savings accounts NOW accounts (1) Demand accounts (2) Mortgagors' escrow deposits Total $ 156,554 1,920,779 967,621 51,913 3,096,867 2.45 % 30.08 15.15 0.81 48.50 0.13 % $ 0.11 0.00 0.01 0.07 168,183 2,323,172 778,672 45,622 3,315,649 2.74 % 37.86 12.69 0.74 54.03 0.18 % $ 0.28 0.00 0.02 0.21 191,485 1,365,591 435,072 44,375 2,036,523 3.78 % 26.95 8.59 0.88 40.20 0.67 % 1.47 0.00 0.28 1.05 Money market accounts (3) 2,342,003 36.68 0.22 1,682,345 27.42 0.50 1,592,011 31.42 1.87 Certificate of deposit accounts with original maturities of: Less than 6 Months (4) 6 to less than 12 Months (5) 12 to less than 30 Months (6) 30 to less than 48 Months (7) 48 to less than 72 Months (8) 72 Months or more Total certificate of deposit accounts 128,745 161,624 530,273 52,726 70,030 3,177 2.02 2.53 8.30 0.83 1.10 0.05 0.12 0.33 0.45 0.83 2.64 0.50 113,537 349,621 523,815 37,250 84,970 29,168 1.85 5.70 8.54 0.61 1.38 0.46 0.05 0.48 1.01 2.44 2.51 3.17 140,939 257,408 779,964 117,028 113,622 28,929 2.78 5.08 15.39 2.31 2.24 0.57 1.86 1.85 2.36 2.24 2.27 3.13 946,575 14.82 0.57 1,138,361 18.55 0.97 1,437,890 28.38 2.22 Total deposits (9) $ 6,385,445 100.00 % 0.20 % $ 6,136,355 100.00 % 0.43 % $ 5,066,424 100.00 % 1.64 % (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Includes brokered deposits of $178.9 million and $720.1 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Includes brokered deposits of $2.1 million, and $145.0 million at December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Includes brokered deposits of $251.1 million and $102.9 million at December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively. Includes brokered deposits of $119.0 million, $116.5 million, and $138.3 million at December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Includes brokered deposits of $20.0 million, at December 31, 2020. Includes brokered deposits of $67.9 million, $77.8 million, and $31.1 million at December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Includes brokered deposits of $25.4 million, and $49.7 million at December 31, 2020, and 2019 respectively. Includes brokered deposits of $9.3 million, $9.3 million and $24.6 million at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Include in the above balances are IRA and Keogh deposits totaling $208.6 million, $107.9 million, and $68.8 million at December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. 28 The following table presents by various rate categories, the amount of time deposit accounts outstanding at the dates indicated, and the years to maturity of the certificate accounts outstanding at the periods indicated: At December 31, 2020 2019 Within One to One Year Three Years Thereafter 2021 At December 31, 2021 (In thousands) Interest rate: 1.99% or less(1) 2.00% to 2.99%(2) 3.00% to 3.99% Total $ 878,744 $ 37,917 29,914 949,274 $ 530,707 $ 742,857 $ 111,833 $ 24,054 450 12,772 131,239 — 245 57,848 $ 946,575 $ 1,138,361 $ 1,437,890 $ 755,874 $ 166,197 $ 24,504 847,804 59,379 24,695 29,669 (1) (2) Includes brokered deposits of $186.9 million, $213.6 million, and $153.7 million at December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Includes brokered deposits of $9.3 million, $35.4 million, and $90.0 million at December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The following table presents by remaining maturity categories the amount of certificate of deposit accounts with balances of $250,000 or more at December 31, 2021 and their annualized weighted average interest rates. Maturity Period: Three months or less Over three through six months Over six through 12 months Over 12 months Total Weighted Amount Average Rate (Dollars in thousands) $ 68,360 44,365 47,583 57,220 $ 217,528 0.51 % 0.47 0.43 1.49 0.74 % The following table presents the deposit activity, including mortgagors’ escrow deposits, for the periods indicated. For the year ended December 31, 2019 2020 2021 (In thousands) $ 228,642 $ 342,126 $ 17,322 — 685,393 261 100 88,057 42,312 $ 249,090 $ 1,069,931 $ 105,640 — 124 20,324 Net deposits Acquired in Empire acquisition Amortization of premiums, net Interest on deposits Net increase in deposits 29 The following table sets forth the distribution of our average deposit accounts for the years indicated, the percentage of total deposit portfolio, and the average interest cost of each deposit category presented. Average balances for all years shown are derived from daily balances. 2021 Percent of Total Average Deposits Cost Average Balance At December 31, 2020 Percent of Total Average Deposits Cost Average Balance 2019 Percent of Total Average Deposits Cost Average Balance Savings accounts NOW accounts Demand accounts Mortgagors' escrow deposits Total $ 157,640 2,165,762 922,741 77,552 3,323,695 2.45 % 30.08 15.15 0.81 48.50 0.16 % $ 176,443 1,603,402 0.25 583,235 — 0.01 70,829 2,433,909 0.17 2.74 % 37.86 12.69 0.74 54.03 0.28 % $ 198,374 1,434,440 0.58 407,450 — 70,209 0.06 2,110,473 0.40 3.96 % 28.61 8.13 1.40 42.10 0.69 % 1.64 — 0.33 1.19 (Dollars in thousands) Money market accounts 2,059,431 36.68 0.35 1,561,496 27.42 0.92 1,370,038 27.33 2.03 Certificate of deposit accounts Total deposits 1,033,187 $ 6,416,313 14.82 100.00 % 0.71 1,167,865 0.32 % $ 5,163,270 18.55 100.00 % 1.55 1,532,440 0.82 % $ 5,012,951 30.57 100.00 % 2.29 1.76 % Borrowings. Although deposits are our primary source of funds, we also use borrowings as an alternative and cost effective source of funds for lending, investing and other general purposes. The Bank is a member of, and is eligible to obtain advances from, the FHLB-NY. Such advances generally are secured by a blanket lien against the Bank’s mortgage portfolio and the Bank’s investment in the stock of the FHLB-NY. In addition, the Bank may pledge mortgage- backed securities to obtain advances from the FHLB-NY. See “— Regulation — Federal Home Loan Bank System.” The maximum amount that the FHLB-NY will advance fluctuates from time to time in accordance with the policies of the FHLB-NY. The Bank may also enter into repurchase agreements with broker-dealers and the FHLB-NY. These agreements are recorded as financing transactions and the obligations to repurchase are reflected as a liability in our consolidated financial statements. In addition, we issued junior subordinated debentures with a total par of $61.9 million in 2007. These junior subordinated debentures are carried at fair value in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. In 2021, the Company issued subordinated debt with an aggregated principal amount of $125.0 million, receiving net proceeds totaling $122.8 million. The subordinated debt was issued at 3.125% fixed-to-floating rate maturing in 2031. The debt is callable at par quarterly through its maturity date beginning December 1, 2026. The Company uses interest rate swaps on borrowings to help mitigate the impact interest rate increases have on our cost of funds. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had forward interest rate swaps on borrowings totaling $921.5 million and $1,021.5 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the interest rate swaps on borrowings had an average cost of 2.31% and 2.05%, respectively. The average cost of borrowings was 2.24%, 1.97%, and 2.31% for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The average balances of borrowings were $905.1 million, $1,361.6 million, and $1,251.5 million for the same years, respectively. 30 The following table sets forth certain information regarding our borrowings at or for the periods ended on the dates indicated. At or for the years ended December 31, 2020 (Dollars in thousands) 2019 2021 FHLB-NY Advances Average balance outstanding Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period Balance outstanding at the end of period Weighted average interest rate during the period Weighted average interest rate at end of period $ 694,824 786,736 611,186 $ 1,147,364 1,498,059 797,201 $ 1,133,025 1,334,304 1,118,528 1.96 % 0.38 1.77 % 0.56 1.95 % 1.85 Other Borrowings Average balance outstanding Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period Balance outstanding at the end of period Weighted average interest rate during the period Weighted average interest rate at end of period $ 210,270 449,776 204,358 $ 214,195 419,715 223,694 $ 118,427 152,224 118,703 3.30 % 2.61 3.05 % 2.78 5.78 % 5.06 Total Borrowings Average balance outstanding Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period Balance outstanding at the end of period Weighted average interest rate during the period Weighted average interest rate at end of period $ 905,094 1,236,512 815,544 $ 1,361,559 1,617,582 1,020,895 $ 1,251,452 1,452,490 1,237,231 2.24 % 0.94 1.97 % 1.05 2.31 % 2.16 Subsidiary Activities At December 31, 2021, the Holding Company had four wholly owned subsidiaries: the Bank and the Trusts. In addition, the Bank had two wholly owned subsidiaries: FSB Properties Inc and Flushing Service Corporation. In 2021, Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation (“FPFC”) was dissolved.  FSB Properties Inc., which is incorporated in the State of New York, was formed in 1976 with the original purpose of engaging in joint venture real estate equity investments. These activities were discontinued in 1986 and no joint venture property remains. FSB Properties Inc. is currently used solely to hold title to real estate owned that is obtained via foreclosure.  Flushing Service Corporation, which is incorporated in the State of New York, was formed in 1998 to market insurance products and mutual funds.  Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation, which was dissolved as of June 30, 2021, was incorporated in the State of Delaware, was formed in 1997 as a real estate investment trust for the purpose of acquiring, holding and managing real estate mortgage assets. It was available as an additional vehicle for access by the Company to the capital markets for future opportunities. Human Capital At December 31, 2021, we had 523 full-time employees and 16 part-time employees. None of our employees is represented by a collective bargaining unit, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good. At the present time, the Holding Company only employs certain officers of the Bank. These employees do not receive any extra compensation as officers of the Holding Company. 31 Oversight & Governance. Our Board of Directors and Board committees provide oversight on certain human capital matters, including our inclusion and diversity program and initiatives. The Board of Directors is responsible for discussing evaluating and reviewing regular updates from management with regard to human capital matters. Our Board of Directors is comprised of diverse cultures, ethnicity, and gender. Learning and Development. The Company believes that it must find, develop and retain its employees. The Company invests in its employees by providing quality training and learning opportunities, promoting inclusion and diversity and upholding a high standard of ethics and respect for human rights. Diversity, Equity & Inclusion. The Company is responsible for creating an equitable workplace ensuring diversity at the management and board levels. We pride ourselves on establishing a diverse workforce that serves our diverse customer base in the New York City metro area. At December 31, 2021, our employees were able to speak more than 20 different languages. Our inclusion and diversity program focuses on workforce (our team members), workplace (culture, tools and programs) and community. We believe that our business is strengthened by a diverse workforce that reflects the communities in which we operate. We believe all of our team members should be treated with respect and equality, regardless of gender, ethnicity, sexual orientation, gender identity, religious beliefs, or other characteristics. We have undertaken a series of initiatives to further enhance our existing diversity and inclusion programs, including Flushing Bank Serves volunteer program and the creation of a Diversity & Inclusion Committee. We have also broadened our focus on inclusion and diversity by including social and racial equity in our conversations and equipping and empowering our team leaders with appropriate tools and training. Total Rewards. The Company believes that our future success largely depends upon our continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees. We provide our employees with a rich total rewards program which includes: • • • • • • • • • • Competitive base salaries; Incentive bonus opportunities; Equity ownership; 401(k) plan access; Healthcare and other insurance programs, Health savings and flexible spending accounts Paid time off; Family leave; Employee assistance program and, Tuition assistance. Omnibus Incentive Plan The 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“2014 Omnibus Plan”) became effective on May 20, 2014 after adoption by the Board of Directors and approval by the stockholders. The 2014 Omnibus Plan authorizes the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) to grant a variety of equity compensation awards as well as long-term and annual cash incentive awards. To the extent that an award under the 2014 Omnibus Plan is cancelled, expired, forfeited, settled in cash, settled by issuance of fewer shares than the number underlying the award, or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares to a participant in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an award, the shares retained by or returned to the Company will be available for future issuance under the 2014 Omnibus Plan. The 2014 Omnibus Plan originally covered the issuance of 1,100,000 shares, which was increased. On May 31, 2017, 32 stockholders approved an amendment to the 2014 Omnibus Plan authorizing an additional 672,000 shares available for future issuance. In addition, that amendment eliminated, in the case of stock options and stock appreciation rights, the ability to recycle shares used to satisfy the exercise price or taxes for such awards. On May 18, 2021, stockholders approved a further amendment of the 2014 Omnibus Plan to authorize an additional 1,100,000 shares for future issuance. Including the additional shares authorized from the amendments, 1,171,675 shares remained available for future issuance under the 2014 Omnibus Plan at December 31, 2021. For additional information concerning this plan, see “Note 12 (“Stock-Based Compensation”) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Annual Report. General REGULATION The Bank is a New York State-chartered commercial bank and its deposit accounts are insured under the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) up to applicable legal limits. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation and supervision by the New York State Department of Financial Services (“NYDFS”), as its chartering agency, by the FDIC, as its insurer of deposits, and to a lesser extent by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”), which was created under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) in 2011 to implement and enforce consumer protection laws applying to banks. The Bank must file reports with the NYDFS, the FDIC, and the CFPB concerning its activities and financial condition, in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other depository institutions. Furthermore, the Bank is periodically examined by the NYDFS and the FDIC to assess compliance with various regulatory requirements, including safety and soundness considerations. This regulation and supervision established a comprehensive framework of activities in which a commercial bank can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC insurance fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with its supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss allowances for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulation, whether by the NYDFS, the FDIC, or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on the Company, the Bank and its operations, and the Company’s shareholders. While the regulatory environment has entered a period of rebalancing of the post financial crisis framework, we expect that our business will remain subject to extensive regulation and supervision. The Company is required to file certain reports under, and otherwise comply with, the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors (the “FRB”), the FDIC, the NYDFS, and the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under federal securities laws. In addition, the FRB periodically examines the Company. Certain of the regulatory requirements applicable to the Bank and the Company are referred to below or elsewhere herein. However, such discussion is not meant to be a complete explanation of all laws and regulations and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual laws and regulations. COVID-19 Legislation On March 27, 2020, the President of the United States signed into law the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) in response to the coronavirus pandemic. This legislation aimed at providing relief for individuals and businesses that have been negatively impacted by the coronavirus pandemic. On December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (the “CAA”) was signed into law, providing for, among other things, further suspension of the exception for loan modifications to not be classified as TDRs if certain criteria are met, as described below. The CARES Act, as amended by the CAA, includes a provision for the Company to opt out of applying the TDR accounting guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310-40 for certain loan modifications. Loan modifications made between March 1, 2020 and the earlier of i) January 2, 2022 or ii) 60 days after the President declares a termination of the COVID-19 national emergency are eligible for this relief if the related loans were not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019. The CARES Act includes the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), a program 33 to aid small and medium- sized businesses through federally guaranteed loans distributed through banks and other financial institutions. These loans were intended to guarantee eight weeks of payroll and other costs to help those businesses remain viable and allow their workers to pay their bills. Impact of COVID-19 Overview In March 2020, the World Health Organization recognized the outbreak of the novel Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) as a pandemic. The Spread of COVID-19 has created a global public health crisis that has resulted in unprecedented uncertainty, volatility and disruption in financial markets and in governmental, commercial and consumer activity in the United States and globally, including the markets we serve. In response to the pandemic, the government placed orders for shelter in place, maintaining social distancing and closed businesses that were not deemed essential. During these tumultuous times, we were actively assisting our customers by providing short-term forbearances in the form of deferrals of interest, principal and/or escrow for terms ranging from one to twelve months. At December 31, 2021, we had 20 active forbearances for loans with an aggregate outstanding loan balance of approximately $71.9 million resulting in total deferment of $4.8 million in principal, interest and escrow. Given the pandemic and current economic environment, we continue to work with our customers to modify loans. We actively participated in the PPP, closing $138.6 million and $111.6 million of these loans through December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We are one of nine banks in the State of New York participating in the Main Street Lending Program. We are also a proud participant in the FHLB-NY Small Business Recovery Grant Program, helping our customers and communities navigate through the current environment. Impact on Our Financial Statements and Results of Operations Financial institutions are dependent upon the ability of their loan customers to meet their loan obligations and the availability of their workforce and vendors. Early in the second quarter of 2020, shelter-at-home mandates and other remediation from the COVID-19 pandemic were enacted. The pandemic and these remediation measures have directly impacted the communities we serve, where commercial activity decreased significantly. As of December 31, 2021, that commercial activity had improved but not returned to pre-pandemic levels. This continuing impact on commercial activity may have continuing adverse results, including on our customers’ ability to meet their obligations to us. In addition, the economic pressures and uncertainties related to the COVID-19 pandemic have resulted in changes in consumer spending behaviors in the communities we serve, which may negatively impact the demand for loans and other services we offer. However, the Company’s capital and financial resources have not been materially impacted by the pandemic, as our results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which benefited from the actions taken by the Federal Reserve to counteract the negative economic impact of the pandemic. Future operating results and near-and- long-term financial condition are subject to significant uncertainty. Our funding sources have not changed significantly, and we expect to continue to be able to timely service our debts and its obligations. The Company has elected that loans temporarily modified for borrowers directly impacted by COVID-19 are not considered TDR, assuming that CARES Act and/or CAA criteria are met and as such, these loans are considered current and continue to accrue interest at its original contractual terms. Loans modified after January 2, 2022 are no longer eligible to be modified under the CARES Act or CAA. The Company was quick to respond to the pandemic with new health and safety measures, including social distancing, appointment banking and expansion of our remote capabilities. Our staff responded to these changes in a superb fashion and continue to provide our customers with excellent service. Today our staff is returning to work with A and B schedules to maintain social distancing. On any given day, as many as 85% of staff have the capability to work from home. 34 The Dodd-Frank Act The Dodd-Frank Act has significantly impacted the current bank regulatory structure and is expected to continue to affect, into the immediate future, the lending and investment activities and general operations of depository institutions and their holding companies. In addition to creating the CFPB, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the FRB to establish minimum consolidated capital requirements for bank holding companies that are as stringent as those required for insured depository institutions; the components of Tier 1 capital will be restricted to capital instruments that are currently considered to be Tier 1 capital for insured depository institutions. In addition, the proceeds of trust preferred securities will be excluded from Tier 1 capital unless (i) such securities are issued by bank holding companies with assets of less than $500 million, or (ii) such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank or savings and loan holding companies with assets of less than $15 billion. The Dodd-Frank Act created a new supervisory structure for oversight of the U.S. financial system, including the establishment of a new council of regulators, the Financial Stability Oversight Council, to monitor and address systemic risks to the financial system. Non-bank financial companies that are deemed to be significant to the stability of the U.S. financial system and all bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets will be subject to heightened supervision and regulation. The FRB will implement prudential requirements and prompt corrective action procedures for such companies. The Dodd-Frank Act made many additional changes in banking regulation, including: authorizing depository institutions, for the first time, to pay interest on business checking accounts; requiring originators of securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for transferred loans; establishing regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees; and establishing a number of reforms for mortgage lending and consumer protection. The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments not to be based on deposits, but on the average consolidated total assets less the tangible equity capital of an insured institution. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions, and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, per FDIC insured bank, per ownership category. Some of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are not yet in effect. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to promulgate numerous and extensive implementing regulations over the next several years. Basel III The Company and the Bank are subject to a comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations that was issued by the FDIC and FRB in July 2013 (the “Basel III Capital Rules”), subject to phase-in periods for certain components and other provisions. Under the Basel III Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios are:     4.5% Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) to risk-weighted assets; 6.0% Tier 1 capital that is CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets; 8.0% Total Capital that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and 4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”). The Basel III Capital Rules also introduced a “capital conservation buffer,” composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer currently is 2.5%. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets below the effective minimum (4.5% plus the capital conservation buffer) will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. As of December 31, 2021, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules. Together with the FDIC, the Federal Reserve has issued proposed rules that would simplify the capital treatment of certain capital deductions and adjustments, and the final phase-in period for these capital deductions and adjustments has been indefinitely delayed. In addition, in December 2018, the federal banking agencies finalized rules that would 35 permit bank holding companies and banks to phase-in, for regulatory capital purposes, the day-one impact of the new current expected credit loss accounting rule on retained earnings over a period of three years. Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (the “Economic Growth Act”), which was signed into law on May 24, 2018, scales back certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act and provides other regulatory relief. Title II of the Economic Growth Act provides regulatory relief to community banks, which are generally characterized in the statute as banking organizations with less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets and with limited trading activities. The Economic Growth Act required the federal banking agencies to develop a “community bank leverage ratio” (the ratio of a bank’s tangible equity capital to average total consolidated assets) for financial institutions with assets of less than $10 billion. A financial institution can elect to be subject to this new definition. The federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have issued a rule pursuant to the Economic Growth Act to establish for institutions with assets of less than $10 billion a “community bank leverage ratio” (the ratio of a bank’s tier 1 capital to average total consolidated assets) of 9% that such institutions may elect to use in lieu of the generally applicable leverage and risk-based capital requirements under Basel III. Pursuant to the CARES Act, the federal banking agencies in August 2020 had set the community bank leverage ratio at lower percentages until Jan. 1, 2022, when the community bank leverage ratio requirement returned to 9%. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank had elected not to be subject to this new definition. See “FDIC Regulations – Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action.” The Truth in Lending Act (“TILA”) is the commonly used name for Title I of the Consumer Credit Protection Act, passed by Congress in 1968, which is the consumer protection law specifying what information lenders must share with borrowers before giving them a loan or line of credit. This information includes the annual percentage rate, loan terms, and total cost of the loan. Section 101 of the Economic Growth Act amends the TILA to add a safe harbor for "plain vanilla" mortgage loans originated by banking organizations and credit unions with less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets under existing qualified mortgage and ability to pay rules. This amendment would allow community banks to exercise greater discretion in lending decisions. Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule,” generally prohibits insured depository institutions and any company affiliated with an insured depository institution from engaging in proprietary trading and from acquiring or retaining ownership interests in, sponsoring, or having certain relationships with a hedge fund or private equity fund. These prohibitions are subject to a number of statutory exemptions, restrictions, and definitions. Under the Economic Growth Act, community banks, (which for this purpose are generally characterized in the statute as banking organizations with less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets with limited trading activities), are exempt from the Volcker Rule and its proprietary trading prohibitions. New York State Law The Bank derives its lending, investment, and other authority primarily from the applicable provisions of New York State Banking Law and the regulations of the NYDFS, as limited by FDIC regulations. Under these laws and regulations, banks, including the Bank, may invest in real estate mortgages, consumer and commercial loans, certain types of debt securities (including certain corporate debt securities, and obligations of federal, state, and local governments and agencies), certain types of corporate equity securities, and certain other assets. The lending powers of New York State- chartered commercial banks are not subject to percentage-of-assets or capital limitations, although there are limits applicable to loans to individual borrowers. The exercise by an FDIC-insured commercial bank of the lending and investment powers under New York State Banking Law is limited by FDIC regulations and other federal laws and regulations. In particular, the applicable provisions of New York State Banking Law and regulations governing the investment authority and activities of an FDIC-insured state-chartered savings bank and commercial bank have been effectively limited by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) and the FDIC regulations issued pursuant thereto. With certain limited exceptions, a New York State-chartered commercial bank may not make loans or extend credit for commercial, corporate, or business purposes (including lease financing) to a single borrower, the aggregate 36 amount of which would be in excess of 15% of the bank’s net worth or up to 25% for loans secured by collateral having an ascertainable market value at least equal to the excess of such loans over the bank’s net worth. The Bank currently complies with all applicable loans-to-one-borrower limitations. At December 31, 2021, the Bank’s largest aggregate amount of outstanding loans to one borrower was $93.8 million, all of which were performing according to their terms. See “— General — Lending Activities.” Under New York State Banking Law, New York State-chartered stock-form commercial banks may declare and pay dividends out of its net profits, unless there is an impairment of capital, but approval of the NYDFS Superintendent (the “Superintendent”) is required if the total of all dividends declared by the bank in a calendar year would exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years less prior dividends paid. New York State Banking Law gives the Superintendent authority to issue an order to a New York State-chartered banking institution to appear and explain an apparent violation of law, to discontinue unauthorized or unsafe practices, and to keep prescribed books and accounts. Upon a finding by the NYDFS that any director, trustee, or officer of any banking organization has violated any law, or has continued unauthorized or unsafe practices in conducting the business of the banking organization after having been notified by the Superintendent to discontinue such practices, such director, trustee, or officer may be removed from office after notice and opportunity to be heard. The Superintendent also has authority to appoint a conservator or a receiver for a savings or commercial bank under certain circumstances. The Superintendent of the NYDFS has the authority to appoint a receiver or liquidator of any state-chartered bank or trust company under specified circumstances, including where (i) the bank is conducting its business in an unauthorized or unsafe manner, (ii) the bank has suspended payment of its obligations, or (iii) the bank cannot with safety and expediency continue to do business. On February 16, 2017, the NYDFS issued the final version of its cybersecurity regulation, which has an effective date of March 1, 2017. The regulation, which is detailed and broad in scope, covers five basic areas. Governance: The regulation requires senior management and boards of directors to adopt a cybersecurity policy for protecting information systems and most sensitive information. Covered companies are also required to designate a Chief Information Security Officer, who must report to the board annually. Testing: The regulation requires the conduct of cybersecurity tests and analyses, including a “risk assessment” to “evaluate and categorize risks,” evaluate the integrity and confidentiality of information systems and non-public information, and develop a process to mitigate any identified risks. Ongoing Requirements: The regulation imposes substantial day-to-day and technical requirements. Among others, we are required to develop and/or maintain access controls for our information systems, ensure the physical security of our computer systems, encrypt or protect personally identifiable information, perform reviews of in-house and externally created applications, train employees, and build an audit trail system. Vendors: The new regulation also regulates third-party vendors with access to our information technology or non- public information. We are required to develop and implement written policies and procedures to ensure the security of our information technology systems or non-public information that can be accessed by our vendors, including identifying the risks from third-party access, imposing minimum cybersecurity practices for vendors, and creating a due-diligence process for evaluating those vendors. Reports: The new regulation imposes a notification process for any material cybersecurity event. Within 72 hours, a cybersecurity event that has a “reasonable likelihood” of “materially harming” us or that must be reported to another government or self-regulating agency must be reported to the NYDFS. In addition, an annual compliance certification to the NYDFS from either the board or a senior officer is required. 37 U.S Patriot Act and Money Laundering The Bank is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), which incorporates several laws, including the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) and related regulations. The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government powers to address money laundering and terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the BSA, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act implemented measures intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act. Among other things, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act and the related regulations require:  Establishment of anti-money laundering compliance programs that include policies, procedures, and internal controls; the designation of a BSA officer; a training program; and independent testing;  Filing of certain reports to Financial Crimes Enforcement Network and law enforcement that are designated to assist in the detection and prevention of money laundering and terrorist financing activities;  Establishment of a program specifying procedures for obtaining and maintaining certain records from customers seeking to open new accounts, including verifying the identity of customers;  In certain circumstances, compliance with enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money-laundering, terrorist financing and other suspicious activity;  Monitoring account activity for suspicious transactions; and  A heightened level of review for certain high-risk customers or accounts. The USA PATRIOT Act also includes prohibitions on correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks and requires compliance with record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks. The bank regulatory agencies have increased the regulatory scrutiny of the BSA and anti-money laundering programs maintained by financial institutions. Significant penalties and fines, as well as other supervisory orders may be imposed on a financial institution for non-compliance with these requirements. In addition, for financial institutions engaging in a merger transaction, federal bank regulatory agencies must consider the effectiveness of the financial institution’s efforts to combat money laundering activities. The Bank has adopted policies and procedures to comply with these requirements. FDIC Regulations Capital Requirements. The FDIC has adopted risk-based capital guidelines to which the Bank is subject. The guidelines establish a systematic analytical framework that makes regulatory capital requirements sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banking organizations. The Bank is required to maintain certain levels of regulatory capital in relation to regulatory risk-weighted assets. The ratio of such regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as a “risk-based capital ratio.” Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance- sheet items to risk-weighted categories ranging from 0% to 1250%, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk. These guidelines divide an institution’s capital into two tiers. The first tier (“Tier 1”) includes common equity, retained earnings, certain non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (excluding auction rate issues), and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and other intangible assets (except mortgage servicing rights 38 and purchased credit card relationships subject to certain limitations). Supplementary (“Tier 2”) capital includes, among other items, cumulative perpetual and long-term limited-life preferred stock, mandatorily convertible securities, certain hybrid capital instruments, term subordinated debt, and the ALL, subject to certain limitations, and up to 45% of pre-tax net unrealized gains on equity securities with readily determinable fair market values, less required deductions. See “Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action” below. The regulatory capital regulations of the FDIC and other federal banking agencies provide that the agencies will take into account the exposure of an institution’s capital and economic value to changes in interest rate risk in assessing capital adequacy. According to such agencies, applicable considerations include the quality of the institution’s interest rate risk management process, overall financial condition, and the level of other risks at the institution for which capital is needed. Institutions with significant interest rate risk may be required to hold additional capital. The agencies have issued a joint policy statement providing guidance on interest rate risk management, including a discussion of the critical factors affecting the agencies’ evaluation of interest rate risk in connection with capital adequacy. Institutions that engage in specified amounts of trading activity may be subject to adjustments in the calculation of the risk-based capital requirement to assure sufficient additional capital to support market risk. Standards for Safety and Soundness. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe, for the depository institutions under its jurisdiction, standards that relate to, among other things, internal controls; information and audit systems; loan documentation; credit underwriting; the monitoring of interest rate risk; asset growth; compensation; fees and benefits; and such other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. The federal banking agencies have adopted regulations and Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness (the “Guidelines”) to implement these safety and soundness standards. The Guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the Guidelines, the agency may require the institution to provide it with an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard, as required by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, (the “FDI Act”). The regulations establish deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and soundness compliance plans. Real Estate Lending Standards. The FDIC and the other federal banking agencies have adopted regulations that prescribe standards for extensions of credit that are (i) secured by real estate, or (ii) made for the purpose of financing construction or improvements on real estate. The FDIC regulations require each institution to establish and maintain written internal real estate lending standards that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices, and appropriate to the size of the institution and the nature and scope of its real estate lending activities. The standards also must be consistent with accompanying FDIC guidelines. The institution’s standards establish requirements for loan portfolio diversification, prudent underwriting (including loan-to-value limits) that are clear and measurable, loan administration procedures, documentation, approval and reporting requirements. The real estate lending policies must reflect consideration of the federal bank regulators’ Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies. Institutions are also permitted to make a limited amount of loans that do not conform to the proposed loan-to-value limitations so long as such exceptions are reviewed and justified appropriately. The FDIC guidelines also list a number of lending situations in which exceptions to the loan-to-value standard are justified. The FDIC and the FRB have also jointly issued the “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices” (the “CRE Guidance”). The CRE Guidance, which addresses land development, construction, and certain multi-family loans, as well as commercial real estate loans, does not establish specific lending limits but rather reinforces and enhances these agencies’ existing regulations and guidelines for such lending and portfolio management. Specifically, the CRE Guidance provides that a bank has a concentration in lending if (1) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100% or more of total risk-based capital; or (2) total reported loans secured by multi-family properties, non-farm non-residential properties (excluding those that are owner-occupied), and loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 300% or more of total risk-based capital and the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address key elements, including board and management oversight, strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, along with maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending. 39 Dividend Limitations. The FDIC has authority to use its enforcement powers to prohibit a commercial bank from paying dividends if, in its opinion, the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Federal law prohibits the payment of dividends that will result in the institution failing to meet applicable capital requirements on a pro forma basis. The Bank is also subject to dividend declaration restrictions imposed by New York State law as previously discussed under “New York State Law.” Investment Activities. Since the enactment of FDICIA, all state-chartered financial institutions, including commercial banks and their subsidiaries, have generally been limited to such activities as principal and equity investments of the type, and in the amount, authorized for national banks. State law, FDICIA, and FDIC regulations permit certain exceptions to these limitations. In addition, the FDIC is authorized to permit institutions to engage in state-authorized activities or investments not permitted for national banks (other than non-subsidiary equity investments) for institutions that meet all applicable capital requirements if it is determined that such activities or investments do not pose a significant risk to the FDIC insurance fund. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLBA”) and FDIC regulations impose certain quantitative and qualitative restrictions on such activities and on a bank’s dealings with a subsidiary that engages in specified activities. Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For such purposes, the law establishes five capital tiers: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. Under current FDIC regulations, a bank is deemed to be “well capitalized” if the bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, has a common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, has a leverage ratio of 5% or greater, and is not subject to any order or final capital directive by the FDIC to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. A bank may be deemed to be in a capitalization category that is lower than is indicated by its actual capital position if it received an unsatisfactory safety and soundness examination rating. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank was a “well-capitalized” bank, as applicably defined. The Dodd-Frank Act made permanent the standard maximum amount of FDIC deposit insurance at $250,000 per depositor. In addition, the deposits of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF. In this regard, insured depository institutions are required to pay quarterly deposit insurance assessments to the DIF. Under the FDIC’s risk- based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based upon supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital level, and certain other factors, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments based on the assigned risk levels. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned and certain other factors. Assessment rates range from 1.5 to 40 basis points of the institution’s assessment base, which is calculated as average total assets minus average tangible equity. Enforcement. Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order, or condition imposed by the FDIC. The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority to correct unsafe or unsound practices and violations of law or regulation. Such authority includes the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, assessment of civil money penalties and removal of officers and directors. The FDIC may also appoint a conservator or receiver for a non-member bank under specified circumstances, such as where (i) the bank’s assets are less than its obligations to creditors, (ii) the bank is likely to be unable to pay its obligations or meet depositors’ demands in the normal course of business, or (iii) a substantial dissipation of bank assets or earnings has occurred due to a violation of law of regulation or unsafe or unsound practices. Management does not know of any practice, condition, or violation that would lead to termination of the deposit insurance for the Bank. Brokered Deposits FDIC and other regulations generally limit the ability of an insured depository institution to accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless the institution’s capital category is “well capitalized” or, with the FDIC’s approval, “adequately capitalized.” Depository institutions that have brokered deposits in excess of 10% of total assets are subject to increased FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments. However, for institutions that are well capitalized and have a CAMELS composite rating of 1 or 2, reciprocal deposits are deducted from brokered deposits. Section 202 of the Economic 40 Growth Act amends the Federal Deposit Insurance Act to exempt a capped amount of reciprocal deposits from treatment as brokered deposits for certain insured depository institutions. Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept brokered deposits. Pursuant to the regulations the Bank, as a well-capitalized institution, may accept brokered deposits. Incentive Compensation Guidance Federal banking agencies and the NYDFS have issued comprehensive guidance intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations, including bank holding companies, do not undermine the safety and soundness of those organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The incentive compensation guidance sets expectations for banking organizations concerning their incentive compensation arrangements and related risk- management, control and governance processes. In addition, under the incentive compensation guidance, a banking organization’s federal supervisor, which for the Bank is the FDIC and the Company is the FRB, may initiate enforcement action if the organization’s incentive compensation arrangements pose a risk to the safety and soundness of the organization. Further, provisions of Basel III described above limit discretionary bonus payments to bank and bank holding company executives if the institution’s regulatory capital ratios fail to exceed certain thresholds. The scope and content of the banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation are likely to continue evolving. Transactions with Affiliates Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and FRB’s Regulation W generally:  Limit the extent to which the bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate;  Limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with all affiliates and;  Require that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least favorable to, the bank or subsidiary, as those provided to a non-affiliate. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the bank. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans to the affiliate, the purchase of assets from the affiliate, the issuance of a guarantee on behalf of the affiliate, the purchase of securities issued by the affiliate, and other similar types of transactions. A bank’s authority to extend credit to executive officers, directors and greater than 10 percent shareholders, as well as entities controlled by such persons, is subject to Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O promulgated thereunder by the FRB. Among other things, these loans must be made on terms (including interest rates charged and collateral required) substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals or be made as part of a benefit or compensation program and on terms widely available to employees and must not involve a greater than normal risk of repayment. In addition, the amount of loans a bank may make to these persons is based, in part, on the bank’s capital position, and specified approval procedures must be followed in making loans which exceed specified amounts. Community Reinvestment Act Federal Regulation. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by FDIC regulations, an institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the FDIC, in connection with its examinations, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution. The CRA 41 requires public disclosure of an institution’s CRA rating and further requires the FDIC to provide a written evaluation of an institution’s CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system. The Bank received a CRA rating of “Outstanding” in its most recent completed CRA examination, which was completed as of June 25, 2018. Institutions that receive less than a satisfactory rating may face difficulties in securing approval for new activities or acquisitions. The CRA requires all institutions to make public disclosures of their CRA ratings. New York State Regulation. The Bank is also subject to provisions of the New York State Banking Law that impose continuing and affirmative obligations upon a banking institution organized in New York State to serve the credit needs of its local community (the “NYCRA”). Such obligations are substantially similar to those imposed by the CRA. The NYCRA requires the NYDFS to make a periodic written assessment of an institution’s compliance with the NYCRA, utilizing a four-tiered rating system, and to make such assessment available to the public. The NYCRA also requires the Superintendent to consider the NYCRA rating when reviewing an application to engage in certain transactions, including mergers, asset purchases, and the establishment of branch offices or ATMs, and provides that such assessment may serve as a basis for the denial of any such application. Federal Home Loan Bank System The Bank is a member of the FHLB-NY, one of 11 regional FHLBs comprising the FHLB system. Each regional FHLB manages its customer relationships, while the 11 FHLBs use its combined size and strength to obtain its necessary funding at the lowest possible cost. As a member of the FHLB-NY, the Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of FHLB-NY capital stock. Pursuant to this requirement, at December 31, 2021, the Bank was required to maintain $35.9 million of FHLB-NY stock. Holding Company Regulations The Company is subject to examination, regulation, and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), as administered by the FRB. The Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior FRB approval would be required for the Company to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if, after giving effect to such acquisition, it would, directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5% of any class of voting shares of such bank or bank holding company. In addition before any bank acquisition can be completed, prior approval thereof may also be required to be obtained from other agencies having supervisory jurisdiction over the bank to be acquired, including the NYDFS. FRB regulations generally prohibit a bank holding company from engaging in, or acquiring, direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting securities of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the FRB to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling Bank as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of the principal activities that the FRB has determined by regulation to be so closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing loans; (ii) performing certain data processing services; (iii) providing discount brokerage services; (iv) acting as fiduciary, investment, or financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property; (vi) making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings and loan association. The FRB has adopted capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies (on a consolidated basis). At December 31, 2021, the Company’s consolidated capital exceeded these requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act required the FRB to issue consolidated regulatory capital requirements for bank holding companies that are at least as stringent as those applicable to insured depository institutions. Such regulations eliminated the use of certain instruments, such as cumulative preferred stock and trust preferred securities, as Tier 1 holding company capital. Bank holding companies are generally required to give the FRB prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding twelve months, is equal to 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated net worth. The FRB may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, FRB order or 42 directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the FRB. The FRB has adopted an exception to this approval requirement for well-capitalized bank holding companies that meet certain other conditions. The FRB has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the FRB’s policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. The FRB’s policies also require that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by standing ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to those banks during periods of financial stress or adversity, and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks where necessary. The Dodd-Frank Act codifies the source of financial strength policy and requires regulations to facilitate its application. Under the prompt corrective action laws, the ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions. Under the FDI Act, a depository institution may be liable to the FDIC for losses caused the DIF if a commonly controlled depository institution were to fail. The Bank is commonly controlled within the meaning of that law. The status of the Company as a registered bank holding company under the BHCA does not exempt it from certain federal and state laws and regulations applicable to corporations generally, including, without limitation, certain provisions of the federal securities laws. The Company, the Bank, and their respective affiliates will be affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of various agencies of the United States Government, including the Federal Reserve System. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, it is difficult for management to accurately predict future changes in monetary policy or the effect of such changes on the business or financial condition of the Company or the Bank. Acquisition of the Holding Company Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act (“CIBCA”), a notice must be submitted to the FRB if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire 10% or more of the Company’s shares of outstanding common stock, unless the FRB has found that the acquisition will not result in a change in control of the Company. Under the CIBCA, the FRB generally has 60 days within which to act on such notices, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer; the convenience and needs of the communities served by the Company and the Bank; and the anti-trust effects of the acquisition. Under the BHCA, any company would be required to obtain approval from the FRB before it may obtain “control” of the Company within the meaning of the BHCA. Control generally is defined to mean the ownership or power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company or the ability to control in any manner the election of a majority of the Company’s directors. An existing bank holding company would, under the BHCA, be required to obtain the FRB’s approval before acquiring more than 5% of the Company’s voting stock. In addition to the CIBCA and the BHCA, New York State Banking Law generally requires prior approval of the New York State Banking Board before any action is taken that causes any company to acquire direct or indirect control of a banking institution that is organized in New York. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Created under the Dodd-Frank Act, and given extensive implementation and enforcement powers, the CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer financial laws that apply to all banks, including, among other things, the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive, or abusive” acts and practices. Abusive acts or practices are defined as those that (1) materially interfere with a consumer’s ability to understand a term or condition of a consumer financial product or service, or (2) take unreasonable advantage of a consumer’s (a) lack of financial savvy, (b) inability to protect himself in the selection or use of consumer financial products or services, or (c) reasonable reliance on a covered entity to act in the consumer’s interests. The CFPB has the authority to investigate possible violations of federal consumer financial law, hold hearings and commence civil litigation. The CFPB can issue cease-and-desist orders against banks and other 43 entities that violate consumer financial laws. The CFPB may also institute a civil action against an entity in violation of federal consumer financial law in order to impose a civil penalty or an injunction. Mortgage Banking and Related Consumer Protection Regulations The retail activities of the Bank, including lending and the acceptance of deposits, are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers. Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as:  The federal Truth-In-Lending Act and Regulation Z issued by the FRB, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;  The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C issued by the FRB, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;  The Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B issued by the FRB, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;  The Fair Credit Reporting Act and Regulation V issued by the FRB, governing the use and provision of information to consumer reporting agencies;  The Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and  The guidance of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws. Deposit operations also are subject to:  The Truth in Savings Act and Regulation DD issued by the FRB, which requires disclosure of deposit terms to consumers;  Regulation CC issued by the FRB, which relates to the availability of deposit funds to consumers;  The Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain the confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; and  The Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the FRB, which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services. In addition, the Bank and its subsidiaries may also be subject to certain state laws and regulations designed to protect consumers. Many of the foregoing laws and regulations are subject to change resulting from the provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act, which in many cases calls for revisions to implementing regulations. In addition, oversight responsibilities of these and other consumer protection laws and regulations will, in large measure, transfer from the Bank’s primary regulators to the CFPB. We cannot predict the effect that being regulated by a new, additional regulatory authority focused on consumer financial protection, or any new implementing regulations or revisions to existing regulations that may result from the establishment of this new authority, will have on our businesses. 44 Data Privacy Federal and state law contains extensive consumer privacy protection provisions. The GLBA requires financial institutions to periodically disclose their privacy practices and policies relating to sharing such information and enable retail customers to opt out of the Bank’s ability to share certain information with affiliates and non-affiliates for marketing and/or non-marketing purposes, or to contact customers with marketing offers. The GLBA also requires financial institutions to implement a comprehensive information security program that includes administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information. Cybersecurity The Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act (the “CISA”) is intended to improve cybersecurity in the U.S. through sharing of information about security threats between the U.S. government and private sector organizations, including financial institutions such as the Bank. The CISA also authorizes companies to monitor their own systems, notwithstanding any other provision of law, and allows companies to carry out defensive measures on their own systems from potential cyber-attacks. Federal Restrictions on Acquisition of the Company Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act (“CIBCA”), a notice must be submitted to the FRB if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire 10% or more of the Company’s shares of outstanding common stock, unless the FRB has found that the acquisition will not result in a change in control of the Company. Under the CIBCA, the FRB generally has 60 days within which to act on such notices, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer; the convenience and needs of the communities served by the Company, the Bank; and the anti-trust effects of the acquisition. Under the BHCA, any company would be required to obtain approval from the FRB before it may obtain “control” of the Company within the meaning of the BHCA. Control generally is defined to mean the ownership or power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company, the ability to control in any manner the election of a majority of the Company’s directors, or the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Company. Under the BHCA, an existing bank holding company would be required to obtain the FRB’s approval before acquiring more than 5% of the Company’s voting stock. See “Holding Company Regulations” earlier in this report. Federal Securities Laws The Company’s common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and listed for trading on The Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”). Accordingly, the Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules Nasdaq. On August 6, 2021, the SEC approved new Nasdaq listing rules regarding board diversity and disclosure. Beginning on the later of August 8, 2022, or the date on which the Company, as a Nasdaq-listed company, files its annual meeting proxy statement with the SEC for its annual meeting of shareholders during 2022, the Company will commence disclosing board diversity data annually. In addition, Nasdaq-listed companies, like the Company, that are listed on Nasdaq’s Global Select Market, are required to have, or explain why they do not have, (i) one diverse director by the later of August 6, 2023 or the date it files its annual meeting proxy statement with the SEC for its annual meeting of shareholders during 2023, and (ii) two diverse directors by the later of August 6, 2025, or the date it files its annual meeting proxy statement with the SEC for its annual meeting of shareholders during 2025. The Company may meet the diversity requirements with two female directors, or with one female director and one director who is an underrepresented minority or LGBTQ+. 45 Available Information We are a reporting company and file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We make available free of charge on or through our web site at http://www.flushingbank.com our annual reports on Form 10 K, quarterly reports on Form 10 Q, current reports on Form 8 K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Our SEC filings are also available to the public free of charge over the Internet at the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F. Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1 800 SEC 0330. You may request copies of these documents by writing to the SEC and paying a fee for the copying cost. Item 1A. Risk Factors. In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report, the following factors and other considerations should be considered carefully in evaluating us and our business. The COVID-19 Pandemic Has Significantly Impacted Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations The Coronavirus Disease 2019 ("COVID-19") pandemic has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, us and our customers, employees and third-party service providers, as well as our business, financial position, operations, liquidity, loans, asset quality, capital, results of operations and prospects. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to adversely affect us will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted and many of which are outside of our control. These future developments may include the scope and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, the emergence of new variants of COVID-19, the possibility of future resurgences of the COVID-19 pandemic, the continued effectiveness of the Company’s business continuity plan including work-from-home arrangements and staffing at branches and certain other facilities, the direct and indirect impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s customers, employees, third-party service providers, as well as on other market participants, actions taken, or that may yet be taken, by governmental authorities and other third parties in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and the effectiveness and public acceptance of vaccines for COVID-19. Although financial markets have largely rebounded from the significant declines that occurred earlier in the pandemic and global economic conditions have improved, many of the circumstances that arose or became more pronounced after the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic persist. Those circumstances include:         supply chain issues remain unresolved for longer than anticipated and decreased consumer and business confidence and economic activity, leading to certain lower loan demand and an increased risk of loan delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures; ratings downgrades, credit deterioration and defaults in many industries; volatility in financial and capital markets, interest rates and exchange rates; a reduction in the value of the assets that we manage or otherwise administer or service for others, affecting demand for our services; heightened cybersecurity, information security, and operational risks as cybercriminals attempt to profit from the disruption resulting from the pandemic given increased online and remote activity, including as a result of work- from-home arrangements; disruptions to business operations experienced by counterparties and service providers; increased risk of business disruption if our employees are unable to work effectively because of illness, quarantines, government actions, failures in systems or technology that disrupt work-from-home arrangements, or other effects of the COVID-19 pandemic; and decreased demands for our products and services. 46 As a result, our credit, operational, and certain other risks are generally expected to remain elevated until the COVID-19 pandemic subsides. Depending on the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic going forward, the conditions noted above could continue for an extended period and these or other adverse developments may occur or reoccur. Governmental authorities have taken unprecedented measures both to contain the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic and to provide economic assistance to individuals and businesses, stabilize the markets, and support economic growth. We also face an increased risk of litigation and governmental and regulatory scrutiny as a result of the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and actions governmental authorities take in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Further, various government programs such as the U.S. Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection program (“PPP”) are complex and our participation may lead to litigation and governmental, regulatory and third-party scrutiny, negative publicity, and damage to our reputation. The length of the COVID-19 pandemic and the efficacy of the extraordinary measures being put in place to address it are unknown. There are no comparable recent events that provide guidance as to the economic recovery from the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic or the effect the spread of COVID-19 as a global pandemic may have. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, the U.S. economy may experience a recession. Our business could be materially and adversely affected by a prolonged recession. To the extent the pandemic adversely affects our business, financial condition, liquidity, capital, loans, asset quality or results of operations, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section of this Form 10-K. . Changes in Interest Rates May Significantly Impact Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations Our primary source of income is net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income generated by our interest-earning assets (consisting primarily of multi-family residential loans, commercial business loans and commercial real estate mortgage loans) and the interest expense generated by our interest-bearing liabilities (consisting primarily of deposits). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the average balance of our interest-earning assets, the average balance of our interest-bearing liabilities, and the spread between the yield on such assets and the cost of such liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of our interest-earning assets and our interest- bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by such external factors as the local economy, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the Federal Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve Board (the “FOMC”), and market interest rates. It is currently expected that during 2022 the FOMC will increase interest rates multiple times, commencing in March 2022. The current consensus of expectations as to the magnitude of such increases already exceeds that consensus as recently as of the end of 2021, although there can be no assurances as to any future FOMC conduct. A significant portion of our loans have fixed interest rates (or, if adjustable, are initially fixed for periods of five to 10 years) and longer terms than our deposits and borrowings. Our net interest income could be adversely affected if the rates we pay on deposits and borrowings increase more rapidly than the rates we earn on loans. Our interest rate risk is exacerbated in the short term by the fact that approximately 80% of our certificates of deposit accounts and borrowings will reprice or mature during the next year. As a result of our historical focus on the origination of multi-family residential mortgage loans, commercial business loans and commercial real estate mortgage loans, the majority of our loans are adjustable rate, however, many adjust at periods of five to 10 years. In addition, a large percentage of our investment securities and mortgage-backed securities have fixed interest rates and are classified as available for sale. As is the case with many financial institutions, our emphasis on increasing the development of core deposits, those with no stated maturity date, has resulted in our interest-bearing liabilities having a shorter duration than our interest-earning assets. This imbalance can create significant earnings volatility because interest rates change over time and are currently at historical low levels. As interest rates increase, our cost of funds will increase more rapidly than the yields on a substantial portion of our interest-earning assets. In addition, the market value of our fixed-rate assets for example, our investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolios, would decline if interest rates increase. In line with the foregoing, we have experienced and may continue to experience an increase in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities primarily due to raising the rates we pay on some of our deposit products to stay competitive within our market and an increase in borrowing costs from increases in the federal funds rate. Prevailing interest rates also affect the extent to which borrowers repay and refinance loans. In a declining interest rate environment, the number of loan prepayments and loan refinancing may increase, as well as prepayments of mortgage- 47 backed securities. Call provisions associated with our investment in U.S. government agency and corporate securities may also adversely affect yield in a declining interest rate environment. Such prepayments and calls may adversely affect the yield of our loan portfolio and mortgage-backed and other securities as we reinvest the prepaid funds in a lower interest rate environment. However, we typically receive additional loan fees when existing loans are refinanced, which partially offset the reduced yield on our loan portfolio resulting from prepayments. In periods of low interest rates, our level of core deposits also may decline if depositors seek higher-yielding instruments or other investments not offered by us, which in turn may increase our cost of funds and decrease our net interest margin to the extent alternative funding sources are utilized. An increasing interest rate environment would tend to extend the average lives of lower yielding fixed rate mortgages and mortgage-backed securities, which could adversely affect net interest income. Also, in an increasing interest rate environment, mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities may prepay at slower rates than experienced in the past, which could result in a reduction of prepayment penalty income. In addition, depositors tend to open longer term, higher costing certificate of deposit accounts which could adversely affect our net interest income if rates were to subsequently decline. Additionally, adjustable rate mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities generally contain interim and lifetime caps that limit the amount the interest rate can increase or decrease at repricing dates. Significant increases in prevailing interest rates may significantly affect demand for loans and the value of bank collateral. See “— Local Economic Conditions. Our Lending Activities Involve Risks that May Be Exacerbated Depending on the Mix of Loan Types At December 31, 2021, our gross loan portfolio was $6,633.9 million, of which 78.4% was mortgage loans secured by real estate. The majority of these real estate loans were secured by multi-family residential property ($2,517.0 million), commercial real estate ($1,775.6 million) and one-to-four family mixed-use property ($571.8 million), which combined represent 73.3% of our loan portfolio. Our loan portfolio is concentrated in the New York City metropolitan area. Multi-family residential, one-to-four family mixed-use property, commercial real estate mortgage loans, commercial business loans and construction loans, are generally viewed as exposing the lender to a greater risk of loss than fully underwritten one-to-four family residential mortgage loans and typically involve higher principal amounts per loan. Multi- family residential, one-to-four family mixed-use property and commercial real estate mortgage loans are typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related property, which is usually owned by a legal entity with the property being the entity’s only asset. If the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. If the borrower defaults, our only remedy may be to foreclose on the property, for which the market value may be less than the balance due on the related mortgage loan. We attempt to mitigate this risk by generally requiring a loan- to-value ratio of no more than 75% at a time the loan is originated, except for one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, where we require a loan-to value ratio of no more than 80%. Repayment of construction loans is contingent upon the successful completion and operation of the project. The repayment of commercial business loans (the increased origination of which is part of management’s strategy), is contingent on the successful operation of the related business. Changes in local economic conditions and government regulations, which are outside the control of the borrower or lender, also could affect the value of the security for the loan or the future cash flow of the affected properties. We continually review the composition of our mortgage loan portfolio to manage the risk in the portfolio. In assessing our future earnings prospects, investors should consider, among other things, our level of origination of one-to-four family residential, multi-family residential, commercial real estate and one-to-four family mixed-use property mortgage loans, and commercial business and construction loans, and the greater risks associated with such loans. See “Business — Lending Activities” in Item 1 of this Annual Report. Failure to Effectively Manage Our Liquidity Could Significantly Impact Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations Our liquidity is critical to our ability to operate our business. Our primary sources of liquidity are deposits, both retail deposits from our branch network including our Internet Branch, brokered deposits, and borrowed funds, primarily wholesale borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (the “FHLB-NY”). Funds are also provided by the repayment and sale of securities and loans. Our ability to obtain funds are influenced by many external factors, including but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, the direction of interest rates and competition for deposits in the markets we serve. Additionally, changes in the FHLB-NY underwriting guidelines may limit or restrict our ability to borrow. A decline in available funding caused by any of the above factors could adversely impact our ability to originate 48 loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, or fulfill our obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands. Our Ability to Obtain Brokered Deposits as an Additional Funding Source Could be Limited We utilize brokered deposits as an additional funding source and to assist in the management of our interest rate risk. The Bank had $0.6 billion or 9.8% of total deposits and $1.1 billion, or 17.5% of total deposits, in brokered deposit accounts at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We have obtained brokered certificates of deposit when the interest rate on these deposits is below the prevailing interest rate for non-brokered certificates of deposit with similar maturities in our market, or when obtaining them allowed us to extend the maturities of our deposits at favorable rates compared to borrowing funds with similar maturities, when we are seeking to extend the maturities of our funding to assist in the management of our interest rate risk. Brokered certificates of deposit provide a large deposit for us at a lower operating cost as compared to non-brokered certificates of deposit since we only have one account to maintain versus several accounts with multiple interest and maturity checks. Unlike non-brokered certificates of deposit where the deposit amount can be withdrawn with a penalty for any reason, including increasing interest rates, a brokered certificate of deposit can only be withdrawn in the event of the death or court declared mental incompetence of the depositor. This allows us to better manage the maturity of our deposits and our interest rate risk. We also at times utilize brokers to obtain money market account deposits. The rate we pay on brokered money market accounts is similar to the rate we pay on non-brokered money market accounts, and the rate is agreed to in a contract between the Bank and the broker. These accounts are similar to brokered certificates of deposit accounts in that we only maintain one account for the total deposit per broker, with the broker maintaining the detailed records of each depositor. Additionally, we place a portion of our government deposits in the IntraFi Network money market or demand product, which prior to 2018 was considered a brokered deposit, does not require us to provide collateral. This allows us to invest our funds in higher yielding assets. The Bank had $178.9 million in brokered NOW accounts and $251.1 million of brokered money market accounts at December 31, 2021. The Bank had $720.1 million in brokered demand accounts and $102.9 million brokered money market accounts at December 31, 2020. The FDIC has promulgated regulations implementing limitations on brokered deposits. Under the regulations, well-capitalized institutions are not subject to brokered deposit limitations, while adequately capitalized institutions are able to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC and subject to restrictions on the interest rate that can be paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept brokered deposits. Pursuant to the regulation, the Bank, as a well-capitalized institution, may accept brokered deposits. Should our capital ratios decline, this could limit our ability to replace brokered deposits when they mature. At December 31, 2021, the Bank met or exceeded all applicable requirements to be deemed “well-capitalized” for purposes of these regulations. However, there can be no assurance that the Bank will continue to meet those requirements. Limitations on the Bank’s ability to accept brokered deposits for any reason (including regulatory limitations on the amount of brokered deposits in total or as a percentage of total assets) in the future could materially adversely impact our funding costs and liquidity. Any limitation on the interest rates the Bank can pay on deposits could competitively disadvantage us in attracting and retaining deposits and have a material adverse effect on our business. The maturity of brokered certificates of deposit could result in a significant funding source maturing at one time. Should this occur, it might be difficult to replace the maturing certificates with new brokered certificates of deposit. We have used brokers to obtain these deposits which results in depositors with whom we have no other relationships since these depositors are outside of our market, and there may not be a sufficient source of new brokered certificates of deposit at the time of maturity. In addition, upon maturity, brokers could require us to offer some of the highest interest rates in the country to retain these deposits, which would negatively impact our earnings. The Markets in Which We Operate Are Highly Competitive We face intense and increasing competition both in making loans and in attracting deposits. Our market area has a high density of financial institutions, many of which have greater financial resources, name recognition and market presence than us, and all of which are our competitors to varying degrees. Particularly intense competition exists for deposits and in all of the lending activities we emphasize. Our competition for loans comes principally from other commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, finance companies and credit unions. Management anticipates that competition for mortgage loans will continue to 49 increase in the future. Our most direct competition for deposits historically has come from savings banks, other commercial banks, savings and loan associations and credit unions. In addition, we face competition for deposits from products offered by brokerage firms, insurance companies and other financial intermediaries, such as money market and other mutual funds and annuities. Consolidation in the banking industry and the lifting of interstate banking and branching restrictions have made it more difficult for smaller, community-oriented banks, such as us, to compete effectively with large, national, regional and super-regional banking institutions. Our Internet Branch provides us access to consumers in markets outside our geographic locations. The internet banking arena exposes us to competition with many larger financial institutions that have greater financial resources, name recognition and market presence than we do. Our Results of Operations May Be Adversely Affected by Changes in National and/or Local Economic Conditions Our operating results are affected by national and local economic and competitive conditions, including changes in market interest rates, the strength of the local economy, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities. During the Great Recession, for example, unemployment increased, the housing market in the United States experienced a significant slowdown, and foreclosures rose. Adverse economic conditions can result in borrowers defaulting on their loans or withdrawing their funds on deposit at the Bank to meet their financial obligations. A decline in the local or national economy or the New York City metropolitan area real estate market could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations, including through decreased demand for loans or increased competition for good loans, increased non-performing loans and credit losses resulting in additional provisions for credit losses and for losses on real estate owned. Many factors could require additions to our allowance for credit losses in future periods above those currently maintained. These factors include, but are not limited to: (1) adverse changes in economic conditions and changes in interest rates that may affect the ability of borrowers to make payments on loans, (2) changes in the financial capacity of individual borrowers, (3) changes in the local real estate market and the value of our loan collateral, and (4) future review and evaluation of our loan portfolio, internally or by regulators. The amount of our allowance for credit losses at any time represents good faith estimates that are susceptible to significant changes due to changes in appraisal values of collateral, national and local economic conditions, prevailing interest rates and other factors. See “Business — General — Allowance for Credit Losses” in Item 1 of this Annual Report. These same factors could cause delinquencies to increase for the mortgages which are the collateral for the mortgage-backed securities we hold in our investment portfolio. Combining increased delinquencies with liquidity problems in the market could result in a decline in the market value of our investments in privately issued mortgage-backed securities. There can be no assurance that a decline in the market value of these investments will not result in other-than- temporary impairment charges in our financial statements. Changes in Laws and Regulations Could Adversely Affect Our Business From time to time, legislation, such as the Dodd-Frank Act, is enacted or regulations are promulgated that have the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial institutions. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks and other financial institutions are frequently made in Congress, in the New York legislature and before various bank regulatory agencies. There can be no assurance as to the impact that any laws, regulations or governmental programs that may be introduced or implemented in the future will have on the financial markets and the economy, any of which could adversely affect our business. For a discussion of regulations affecting us, see “Business —Regulation” and “Business—Federal, State and Local Taxation” in Item 1 of this Annual Report. Current Conditions in, and Regulation of, the Banking Industry May Have a Material Adverse Effect on Our Results of Operations Financial institutions have been the subject of significant legislative and regulatory changes, including the adoption of The Dodd Frank Act, which imposes a wide variety of regulations affecting us, and may be the subject of further significant legislation or regulation in the future, none of which is within our control. Significant new laws or regulations or changes in, or repeals of, existing laws or regulations, including those with respect to federal and state taxation, may cause our results of operations to differ materially. In addition, the cost and burden of compliance, over time, have significantly increased and could adversely affect our ability to operate profitably. 50 The Bank faces several minimum capital requirements imposed by federal regulation. Failure to adhere to these minimums could limit the dividends the Bank may pay, including the payment of dividends to the Company, and could limit the annual growth of the Bank. Under the Dodd Frank Act, banks with assets greater than $10.0 billion in total assets are required to complete stress tests, which predict capital levels under certain stress levels. Although, our total assets are currently $8.0 billion, as a best practice, we completed these tests. As of December 31, 2021, under all stress scenarios, we remained well capitalized per current regulations. See “Regulation.” At the New York State level, the Bank is subject to extensive supervision, regulation and examination by the New York State Department of Financial Services (“NYDFS”) and the FDIC. The Company is subject to similar regulations and oversight by the Federal Reserve Bank. Such regulation limits the manner in which the Company and Bank conduct business, undertake new investments and activities and obtain financing. This regulation is designed primarily for the protection of the deposit insurance funds and the Bank’s depositors, and not to benefit the Bank or its creditors. The regulatory structure also provides the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to capital levels, the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject the Company and Bank to regulatory enforcement action that could result in the assessment of significant civil money penalties against the Company and Bank. The fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations. The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies determine in significant part the cost of funds for lending and investing and the return earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect the Company’s net interest margin. Governmental policies can also adversely affect borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in Federal Reserve or governmental policies are beyond the Company’s control and difficult to predict; consequently, the impact of these changes on the Company’s activities and results of operations is difficult to predict. A Failure in or Breach of Our Operational or Security Systems or Infrastructure, or Those of Our Third Party Vendors and Other Service Providers, Including as a Result of Cyber-attacks, Could Disrupt Our Business, Result in the Disclosure or Misuse of Confidential or Proprietary Information, Damage Our Reputation, Increase Our Costs and Cause Losses We depend upon our ability to process, record and monitor our client transactions on a continuous basis. As client, public and regulatory expectations regarding operational and information security have increased, our operational systems and infrastructure must continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions and breakdowns. Our business, financial, accounting and data processing systems, or other operating systems and facilities, may stop operating properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For example, there could be electrical or telecommunications outages; natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes; disease pandemics; events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts; and, as described below, cyber-attacks. Although we have business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, our business operations may be adversely affected by significant and widespread disruption to our physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our business and clients. Information security risks for financial institutions such as ours have generally increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists and other external parties. As noted above, our operations rely on the secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential information in our computer systems and networks. Our business relies on our digital technologies, computer and email systems, software and networks to conduct its operations. In addition, to access our products and services, our clients may use personal smartphones, tablet PC’s, personal computers and other mobile devices that are beyond our control systems. Although we have information security procedures and controls in place, our technologies, systems, networks and our clients’ devices may become the target of cyber-attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our or our clients’ confidential, proprietary and other information, or otherwise disrupt our or our clients’ or other third parties’ business operations. We may be subject to increasingly more risk related to security systems for our Internet Branch as we expand our suite of online direct banking products, acquire new or outsource some of our business operations, expand our internal usage of 51 web-based products and applications, and otherwise attempt to keep pace with rapid technological changes in the financial services industry. We rely on external infrastructure, proprietary information technology and third-party systems and services to conduct business, including customer service, marketing and sales activities, customer relationship management, producing financial statements and technology/data centers. In addition, we store and process confidential and proprietary business information on both company-owned and third-party and/or vendor managed systems, including cloud service providers. We increasingly rely on the internet in order to conduct business and may be adversely impacted by outages in critical infrastructure such as electric grids, undersea cables, satellites or other communications used by us or our third parties. This reliance includes consumer access to the internet and communications systems due to more work taking place outside of corporate locations. The failure of our or any third party’s information technology, infrastructure or other internal and external systems, for any reason, could disrupt our operations, result in the loss of business and adversely impact our profitability. Any compromise of the security of our or any third party’s systems that results in the disclosure of personally identifiable customer or employee information could damage our reputation, deter customers from purchasing our products and services, expose us to litigation, increase regulatory scrutiny and require us to incur significant technical, legal and other expenses. We may also be adversely impacted by successful cyberattacks of our partners, third- party vendors and others in our supply chain with whom we conduct business or share information. Financial services companies are regularly targeted by cyber criminals, resulting in unauthorized access to confidential information, theft of funds from online accounts, disruption or degradation of service or other damage. These attacks may take a variety of forms, including web application attacks, denial of service attacks, ransomware, other malware, and social engineering, including phishing. Information security incidents may also occur due to the failure to control access to, and use of, sensitive systems or information by our workforce, with a potential increase in this threat due to the increase in remote work. The failure of our controls (such as policies, procedures, security controls and monitoring, automation and backup plans) designed to prevent, or limit the effect of, failure, inadvertent use or abuse could result in disruptions or breaches beyond our control. Although to date we have not experienced any material losses relating to cyber-attacks or other information security breaches, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer such losses in the future. Our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of the evolving nature of these threats. As a result, cyber security and the continued development and enhancement of our controls, processes and practices designed to protect our systems, computers, software, data and networks from attack, damage or unauthorized access remain a focus for us. As threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate information security vulnerabilities. Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our business and clients, or cyberattacks or security breaches of the networks, systems or devices that our clients use to access our products and services could result in significant legal and financial exposure, client attrition, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs and/or additional compliance costs, a loss of confidence in the security of our systems, any of which may not be covered by insurance and could materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, in 2017, the NYDFS established comprehensive cybersecurity requirements for financial services companies, including us. See Regulation – New York State Law. Changes in Cybersecurity or Privacy Regulations may Increase our Compliance Costs, Limit Our Ability to Gain Insight from Data and Lead to Increased Scrutiny We collect, process, store, share, disclose and use information from and about our customers, plan participants and website and application users, including personal information and other data. Any actual or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, privacy-related obligations to customers or third parties, data disclosure and consent obligations or privacy or security-related legal obligations may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation or public statements critical of us. Such actual or perceived failures could also cause our customers to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Restrictions on data collection and use may limit opportunities to gain business insights useful to running our business and offering innovative products and services. 52 We are subject to numerous federal, state and international regulations regarding the privacy and security of personal information. These laws vary widely by jurisdiction. Privacy regulations with a significant impact on our operations include the New York Department of Financial Services Part 500 cybersecurity requirements for financial services companies. Similar legislation is being enacted around the world with requirements and protections specific to data security requirements, notification requirements for data breaches, the right to access personal data and the right to be forgotten. Changes in existing cybersecurity and privacy regulations or the enactment of new regulations may increase our compliance costs and failure to comply with these regulations may lead to reputational damage, fines or civil damages and increased regulatory scrutiny. Our New Arrangement with NYDIG to Offer NYDIG’s Bitcoin Services to Our Customers May Expose Us to Risks The Company has recently arranged with the New York Digital Investment Group (“NYDIG”) to offer bitcoin services to the Bank’s customers at the customers’ request. NYDIG, through its subsidiaries, holds certain cryptocurrency and money transmitter licenses and will be permitted to provide custody, execution, buying, selling, or holding bitcoin- related services to the Bank’s customers. The Bank holds no such licenses and will provide no such services. Through the arrangement, the Bank will offer its customers access to these services from NYDIG. Although we will not provide these services to our customers and intend to limit our role to providing to our customers access to these services from NYDIG, we may be exposed to risks surrounding this product offering. NYDIG is regulated by the NYDFS. One of the purposes of the Bank offering access to NYDIG’s services is for the Bank to attract new customers. Bitcoin is not generally widely accepted in commercial contexts, and the Bank’s association with bitcoin, albeit indirectly, in the event of any adverse developments regarding cryptocurrencies in general, or bitcoin in particular, even if not applicable directly to the Bank, could have an adverse effect on us. Such effect could be on our business, prospects, reputation or operations and potentially the value of any bitcoin acquired or held by our customers, thus harming them and, indirectly, us. There are risks associated with bitcoin and such risks will continue to evolve and may increase. The Bank and NYDIG will monitor these risks as they evolve and intend to respond accordingly. NYDIG will charge directly to our customers transaction fees for its bitcoin-related services to those customers. NYDIG will share a portion of those fees with us. Although the fees charged by NYDIG will be solely for the services it will provide directly to our customers, our customers may misconstrue the Bank’s participation in, including earning fees shared from, the arrangement as more than just offering our customers a convenience. In the event of customer dissatisfaction with NYDIG for any reason, including poor performance by bitcoin in general or of NYDIG, there can be no assurances that we would not be adversely impacted by such dissatisfaction reputationally. There can be no assurances that our arrangement with NYDIG will sustain, be successful or not have unintended or unforeseen adverse consequences. It is expected that similar arrangements by or among other financial institutions and bitcoin service providers may emerge and compete with us and/or NYDIG, particularly as cryptocurrencies and crypto- related products and services evolve and proliferate. Accordingly, there can be no assurances that adverse developments in the public acceptance, perception, regulatory environment, licensure, holding, trading, custodianship, value or other aspects of bitcoin and cryptocurrencies in general will not have a material adverse effect on us, including reputationally. There can be no assurance that the arrangement with NYDIG will result in an increase in new customers or core deposits. We May Experience Increased Delays in Foreclosure Proceedings Foreclosure proceedings face increasing delays. While we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any delay in foreclosure sales, we may be subject to additional borrower and non-borrower litigation and governmental and regulatory scrutiny related to our past and current foreclosure activities. Delays in foreclosure sales, including any delays beyond those currently anticipated could increase the costs associated with our mortgage operations and make it more difficult for us to prevent losses in our loan portfolio. 53 Our Inability to Hire or Retain Key Personnel Could Adversely Affect Our Business Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to retain and attract key personnel. We face intense competition from commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, finance companies and credit unions. As a result, it could prove difficult to retain and attract key personnel. The inability to hire or retain key personnel may result in the loss of customer relationships and may adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. We Are Not Required to Pay Dividends on Our Common Stock Holders of shares of our common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and may reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future. A reduction or elimination of our common stock dividend could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. There is Uncertainty Surrounding the Elimination of LIBOR and the Proposed Transition to SOFR or Other Adjustable or Reference Rate Formulas In 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced that after 2021 it would no longer compel banks to submit the rates required to calculate the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Consequently, LIBOR and other inter-bank offered rates around the world are undergoing a transition to other reference rates. In March 2021, the Financial Conduct Authority announced that LIBOR would no longer be published on a representative basis after December 31, 2021, with the exception of the most commonly used tenors of U.S. dollar LIBOR, which will no longer be published on a representative basis after June 30, 2023. The transition to other reference rates may affect the value of certain derivatives, loans and floating rate securities we hold, floating rate financial instruments we have issued and the profitability of certain lending activity. Additionally, pricing activities, models and the profitability of certain businesses may also be impacted. There is still uncertainty around how quickly different alternative rates will develop sufficient liquidity and industry-wide usage, or what the effect of any such changes in views or alternatives may be on the markets for LIBOR- indexed financial instruments. The U.S. Federal Reserve, based on the recommendations of the New York Federal Reserve’s Alternative Reference Rate Committee (comprised of major derivative market participants and their regulators), began publishing in April 2018 a Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. SOFR is a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities. Proposals for alternative reference rates have also been announced or have already begun publication. Markets are developing in response to these new rates. We have undertaken an enterprise-wide effort to address the transition to minimize the potential for adverse impacts. The effect of any changes to LIBOR or discontinuation of LIBOR on new or existing financial instruments, liabilities or operational processes will vary depending on a number of factors. Examples of potential factors include, but are not limited to: fallback provisions in contracts; adoption of replacement language in contracts where such language is currently absent; legislative remedies that address fallback provisions; potential changes in spreads causing valuation changes; treatment of hedge effectiveness and impacts on models and systems. We are identifying, assessing and monitoring market and regulatory developments; assessing agreement terms and continue to execute our operational readiness. We have loans, borrowings and other financial instruments with attributes that are either directly or indirectly dependent on LIBOR. The transition from LIBOR could create additional costs and risks. Since proposed alternative rates are calculated differently, payments under contracts referencing new rates may differ from those referencing LIBOR. The transition will change our market risk profiles, requiring changes to risk and pricing models, systems, contracts, valuation tools, and product design. Furthermore, failure to adequately manage this transition process with our customers could adversely impact our reputation and potentially introduce additional legal risks. As of December 31, 2021, we have exposure to approximately $2.3 billion of financial assets and liabilities, including off-balance sheet instruments, which are LIBOR-based. We do not yet know whether, and if so the extent to which, the elimination of LIBOR will have any material impact on these instruments. 54 Our Financial Results May be Adversely Impacted by Global Climate Changes. Atmospheric concentrations of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases have increased dramatically since the industrial revolution, resulting in a gradual increase in average global temperatures and an increase in the frequency and severity of natural disasters. These trends are expected to continue in the future and have the potential to impact nearly all sectors of the economy to varying degrees. We cannot predict the long-term impacts of climate change, but we will continue to monitor new developments in the future. Potential impacts may include the following:  Changes in temperatures and air quality may adversely impact the health, welfare, economic and other prospects of customers in our target markets. For example, increases in the level of pollution and airborne allergens in local industrial areas may cause an increase in upper respiratory and cardiovascular diseases. Such impacts may adversely change the long-term prospects for the communities we serve and the investing and banking services these communities seek.  Climate change may impact asset prices, as well as general economic conditions. For example, rising sea levels may lead to decreases in real estate values in at-risk areas. Additionally, government policies to slow climate change (e.g., setting limits on carbon emissions) may have an adverse impact on sectors such as utilities, transportation and manufacturing. Changes in asset prices may impact the value of our fixed income, real estate and commercial mortgage investments. Although we seek to manage our investment risks by maintaining a diversified portfolio and monitor our investments on an ongoing basis, allowing us to adjust our exposure to sectors and/or geographical areas that face severe risks due to climate change, there can be no assurances that our efforts will be successful. Our Financial Results May be Adversely Impacted by ESG Requirements Our financial and operational results could be impacted by emerging risk and changes to the regulatory landscape in areas like environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) requirements. We closely monitor and respond to topics related to ESG that include longer lifespans, income and wealth inequalities, environmental challenges and opportunities to expand global access to the financial system across all segments of the population. Updated and changing regulatory and societal environment requirements could impact financial and operational results. We currently obtain environmental reports in connection with the underwriting of commercial real estate loans, and typically obtain environmental reports in connection with the underwriting of multi-family loans. For all other loans, we obtain environmental reports only if the nature of the current or, to the extent known to us, prior use of the property securing the loan indicates a potential environmental risk. However, we may not be aware of such uses or risks in any particular case, and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that real estate acquired by us in foreclosure is free from environmental contamination nor we will not have any liability with respect thereto. Changes and uncertainty in United States legislation, policy or regulation regarding climate risk management or other ESG practices may result in higher regulatory and compliance costs, increased capital expenditures, and changes in regulations may impact security asset prices, resulting in realized or unrealized losses on our investments. Physical risks and transitional risks could increase the Company’s cost of doing business and actual or perceived failure to adequately address ESG expectations of our various stakeholders could lead to a tarnished reputation and loss of customers and clients. 55 Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. None. Item 2. Properties. At December 31, 2021, the Bank conducted its business through 24 full-service offices and its Internet Branch. The Holding Company neither owns nor leases any property but instead uses the premises and equipment of the Bank. Item 3. Legal Proceedings. We are involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of our business which, in the aggregate, involve amounts which are believed by management to be immaterial to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures. Not applicable. PART II Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. The Holding Company’s Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market® under the symbol “FFIC.” As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately 872 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee or street name through various brokers and banks. The following table sets forth information regarding the shares of common stock repurchased by us during the quarter ended December 31, 2021: Period October 1 to October 31, 2021 November 1 to November 30, 2021 December 1 to December 31, 2021 Total Total Number of Shares Purchased Average Price Paid per Share — 23.67 23.82 23.75 — $ 69,665 81,311 150,976 Maximum Number of Total Number of Shares Purchased Shares That May as Part of Publicly Yet Be Purchased Announced Plans Under the Plans or Programs or Programs — 69,665 81,311 150,976 999,163 929,498 848,187 On February 27, 2018, the Company announced the authorization by the Board of Directors of a common stock repurchase program, which authorizes the purchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of its common stock. This program was completed in 2021 and on July 27, 2021, an additional 1,000,000 share authorization was announced. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company repurchased 436,619 shares and 142,405 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock at an average cost of $22.88 per share and $16.45 per share, respectively. At December 31, 2021, 848,187 shares remain to be repurchased under the current stock repurchase program. Stock will be purchased under the current stock repurchase program from time to time, in the open market or through private transactions subject to market conditions and at the discretion of the management of the Company. There is no expiration or maximum dollar amount under this authorization. 56 The following table sets forth securities authorized for issuance under all equity compensation plans of the Company at December 31, 2021: (c) Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation (a) (b) Number of securities to Weighted-average be issued upon exercise exercise price of of outstanding options, outstanding options, securities reflected in warrants and rights warrants and rights plans (excluding column (a) Equity compensation plans approved by security holders Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders — $ — — $ — — — 1,171,675 — 1,171,675 57 Stock Performance Graph The following graph shows a comparison of cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s common stock since December 31, 2016 with the cumulative total returns of a broad equity market index as well as comparative published industry indices. The broad equity market index chosen was the Nasdaq Composite and the comparative published industry indices used in 2021 were the S&P U.S. MidCap Banks Index and the S&P U.S. BMI Banks - Mid-Atlantic Region Index. In prior years the comparative published industry indices used were the SNL Bank $1 Billion to $5 Billion in Assets Index and the SNL Mid-Atlantic Bank Index. These indexes discontinued publication in 2021. The S&P U.S. BMI Banks - Mid- Atlantic Region Index was chosen for inclusion in the Company’s Stock Performance Graph because the Company believes it provides valuable comparative information reflecting the Company’s geographic peer group. The S&P U.S. MidCap Banks Index was chosen for inclusion in the Company’s Stock Performance Graph because it uses a broader group of banks and therefore more closely reflects the Company’s size. The Company believes that both geographic area and size are important factors in analyzing the Company’s performance against its peers. The graph below reflects historical performance only, which is not indicative of possible future performance of the common stock. The total return assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2016 and all dividends reinvested through the end of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. The performance graph above is based upon closing prices on the trading date specified. Period Ending Index Flushing Financial Corporation NASDAQ Composite Index S&P U.S. MidCap Banks Index S&P U.S. BMI Banks - Mid-Atlantic Region Index 12/31/16 12/31/17 12/31/18 12/31/19 12/31/20 12/31/21 100.38 304.85 172.41 169.99 66.34 249.51 118.47 134.59 81.00 172.18 119.79 148.90 96.06 129.64 113.70 122.56 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 77.60 125.96 90.82 104.72 58 Item 6. Reserved Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. As used in this discussion and analysis, the words “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” are used to refer to Flushing Financial Corporation (the “Holding Company”) and its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, Flushing Bank (the “Bank”), Flushing Service Corporation, FSB Properties Inc., and Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation, which was dissolved as of June 30, 2021. Discussion and analysis of our 2020 fiscal year specifically, as well as the year- over-year comparison of our 2020 financial performance to 2019, are located under Part II, Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, filed with the SEC on March 16, 2021, which is available on our investor relations website at FlushingBank.com and the SEC’s website at sec.gov. General We are a Delaware corporation organized in 1994. The Bank was organized in 1929 as a New York State- chartered mutual savings bank. Today the Bank operates as a full-service New York State commercial bank. The primary business of the Holding Company has been the operation of the Bank. The Bank owned three subsidiaries during all or a portion of 2021: Flushing Service Corporation, FSB Properties Inc., and Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation, which was dissolved as of June 30, 2021. The Bank also operates an internet branch, which operates under the brands of iGObanking® and BankPurely® (the “Internet Branch”). The Bank’s primary regulator is the New York State Department of Financial Services, and its primary federal regulator is the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum allowable amount by the FDIC. The Holding Company also owns Flushing Financial Capital Trust II, Flushing Financial Capital Trust III, and Flushing Financial Capital Trust IV (the “Trusts”), which are special purpose business trusts formed during 2007 to issue a total of $60.0 million of capital securities, and $1.9 million of common securities (which are the only voting securities). The Holding Company owns 100% of the common securities of the Trusts. The Trusts used the proceeds from the issuance of these securities to purchase junior subordinated debentures from the Holding Company. The Trusts are not included in our consolidated financial statements, as we would not absorb the losses of the Trusts if losses were to occur. The following discussion of financial condition and results of operations includes the collective results of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), but reflects principally the Bank’s activities. Management views the Company as operating as a single unit - a community bank. Therefore, segment information is not provided. Overview Our principal business is attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing those deposits together with funds generated from ongoing operations and borrowings, primarily in (1) originations and purchases of multi-family residential properties, commercial business loans, commercial real estate mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent, one-to- four family (focusing on mixed-use properties, which are properties that contain both residential dwelling units and commercial units); (2) construction loans; (3) Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans; (4) mortgage loan surrogates such as mortgage-backed securities; and (5) U.S. government securities, corporate fixed-income securities and other marketable securities. We also originate certain other consumer loans including overdraft lines of credit. Our results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between the income earned on its interest- earning assets and the cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is the result of our interest rate margin, which is the difference between the average yield earned on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities, adjusted for the difference in the average balance of interest-earning assets as compared to the average balance 59 of interest-bearing liabilities. We also generate non-interest income from loan fees, service charges on deposit accounts, mortgage servicing fees, and other fees, income earned on Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”), dividends on Federal Home Bank of New York (“FHLB-NY”) stock and net gains and losses on sales of securities and loans. Our operating expenses consist principally of employee compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, other general and administrative expenses and income tax expense. Our results of operations also can be significantly affected by our periodic provision for credit losses and specific provision for losses on real estate owned. Management Strategy. Our strategy is to continue our focus on being an institution serving consumers, businesses, and governmental units in our local markets. In furtherance of this objective, we intend to:  manage cost of funds and continue to improve funding mix;   resume historical loan growth while achieving appropriate risk adjusted returns; enhance earnings power by improving scalability and efficiency;  manage credit risk;    remain well capitalized; increase our commitment to the multi-cultural marketplace, with a particular focus on the Asian community; attract, retain and develop human capital; and  manage enterprise-wide risk. There can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively implement this strategy. Our strategy is subject to change by the Board of Directors. Manage cost of funds and continue to improve funding mix. We have a relatively stable retail deposit base drawn from our market area through our full-service offices. Although we seek to retain existing deposits and maintain depositor relationships by offering quality service and competitive interest rates to our customers, we also seek to keep deposit growth within reasonable limits and our strategic plan. In order to implement our strategic plan, we have built multi- channel deposit gathering capabilities. In addition to our full-service branches we gather deposits through our Internet Branch and a government banking unit. The Internet Branch currently offers savings accounts, money market accounts, checking accounts, and certificates of deposit. This allows us to compete on a national scale without the geographical constraints of physical locations. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, total deposits at our Internet Branch were $188.0 million and $221.7 million, respectively. The government banking unit provides banking services to public municipalities, including counties, cities, towns, villages, school districts, libraries, fire districts, and the various courts throughout the New York City metropolitan area. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, total deposits in our government banking unit totaled $1,618.8 million and $1,615.4 million, respectively. Additionally, we have a business banking group which was designed specifically to develop full business relationships thereby bringing in lower-costing checking and money market deposits. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, deposits balances in the business banking group were $540.4 million and $298.9 million, respectively. We also obtain deposits through brokers and the IntraFi Network. Management intends to balance its goal to maintain competitive interest rates on deposits while seeking to manage its overall cost of funds to finance its strategies. We generally rely on our deposit base as our principal source of funding. During 2021, we realized an increase in due to depositors of $242.8 million, as core deposits increased $434.6 million and certificates of deposit decreased $191.8 million. 60 We continue to focus on obtaining additional deposits from our lending customers and originating additional loans to our deposit customers. Product offerings were expanded and are expected to be further expanded to accommodate perceived customer demands. In addition, specific employees are assigned responsibilities of generating these additional deposits and loans by coordinating efforts between lending and deposit gathering departments. Resume historical loan growth while achieving appropriate risk adjusted returns. During 2021, gross loans declined by $67.8 million, or 1.0% to $6,633.9 million at December 31, 2021 from $6,701.6 million at December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily PPP loan forgiveness by the SBA. We have emphasized the strategic growth of multi-family residential mortgage loans, non-owner occupied commercial mortgage loans and floating rate commercial business loans. The commercial business and other loans have increased to 20.19% of the gross loan portfolio as of December 31, 2021 compared to 19.45% at December 31, 2020. In the multi-family portfolio, we allowed loans to prepay rather than refinance at a rate below our criteria. We no longer originate or hold taxi medallion loans. The following table shows loan originations and purchases during 2021, and loan balances as of December 31, 2021. Loan Loan Balances Originations and December 31, Percent of Purchases 2021 Gross Loans $ Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family ― mixed-use property One-to-four family ― residential Co-operative apartment Construction Small Business Administration Taxi medallion Commercial business and Other Total $ (Dollars in thousands) 2,517,026 1,775,629 571,795 268,255 8,316 59,761 93,811 — 1,339,273 6,633,866 246,964 $ 168,482 41,110 70,548 413 38,124 143,363 — 544,958 1,253,962 $ 37.94 % 26.77 8.62 4.04 0.13 0.90 1.41 — 20.19 100.00 % At December 31, 2021, multi-family residential, commercial business and other loans and commercial real estate loans, totaled 84.9% of our gross loans. We have repositioned our loan growth to reduce credit risk; however, our concentration in these types of loans could require us to increase our provisions for credit losses and to maintain an allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans in excess of the allowance currently maintained. Enhance earnings power by improving scalability and efficiency. We are improving scalability and efficiency by converting our branches to the Universal Banker model with our unique video banker service that gives customers face- to-face video chat access from 7am to 11pm daily via at our ATM terminals. The Universal Banker model provides customers with cutting-edge technology, including state-of-the-art ATMs and a higher-quality service experience, all while further reducing overall costs. We have been rolling this model out across our network as branches are renovated and new branches are opened. In the branches that have been converted to the Universal Banker model, almost 50% of customer transactions were completed at our high powered ATMs. 61 Manage credit risk. By adherence to our conservative underwriting standards, we have been able to minimize net losses from non-performing loans. We recorded net charge-offs of $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to net charge-offs of $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The net charge-offs recorded in 2021 were primarily due to the write-off of our remaining taxi medallion portfolio. We seek to minimize losses by adhering to our defined underwriting standards, which among other things generally requires a debt service coverage ratio of at least 125% and loan to value ratio of 75% or less. The average loan to value for the real estate dependent loan portfolio was less than 38% and the average loan to value for non-performing loans collateralized by real estate was 30.4% at December 31, 2021. We seek to maintain our loans in performing status through, among other things, disciplined collection efforts, and consistently monitoring non-performing assets in an effort to return them to performing status. To this end, we review the quality of our loans and report to the Loan Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank on a monthly basis. We sold 33 delinquent loans totaling $28.6 million, 2 delinquent loans totaling $0.6 million, and 11 delinquent loans totaling $13.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. There can be no assurances that we will continue this strategy in future periods, or if continued, we will be able to find buyers to pay adequate consideration. Non-performing loans totaled $14.9 million and $21.1 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets were 0.19% and 0.26% at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Remain well capitalized. The Bank faces several minimum capital requirements imposed by federal regulation. Failure to adhere to these minimums could limit the dividends the Bank is allowed to pay, including the payment of dividends to the Holding Company, and could limit the annual growth of the Bank. Under the Dodd Frank Act, banks with assets greater than $10 billion in total assets are required to complete stress tests, which predict capital levels under certain stress levels. Although, our total assets are currently $8.0 billion, as a best practice, we completed these tests. As of December 31, 2021, under all stress scenarios, we remained well capitalized per current regulations. Increase Our Commitment to the Multi-Cultural Marketplace, with a Particular Focus on the Asian Community. Our branches are all located in the New York City metropolitan area with particular concentration in the borough of Queens. Queens is characterized with a high level of ethnic diversity. An important element of our strategy is to service multi-ethnic consumers and businesses. We have a particular presence and concentration in Asian communities, including in particular the Chinese and Korean populations. Both groups are noted for high levels of savings, education and entrepreneurship. In order to service these and other important ethnic groups in our market, our staff speaks more than 20 languages. We have an Asian advisory board to help broaden our links to the community by providing guidance and fostering awareness of our active role in the local community. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we completed our acquisition of Empire, which expanded our branch footprint in Long Island. As of December 31, 2021, we had six branches which have a particular focus on the Asian community, of which four are in the borough of Queens, one is in the borough of Manhattan and one on Long Island, with deposits and loans totaling in excess of $966.4 million and $709.3 million, respectively, in these locations. Manage Enterprise-Wide Risk. We identify, measure and attempt to mitigate risks that affect, or have the potential to affect, our business. Due to past economic crises and recent increases in government regulation, we devote significant resources to risk management. We have a seasoned risk officer to provide executive risk leadership, and an enterprise- wide risk management program. Several enterprise risk management analytical products are in use which include key risk indicators. We also have had a chief information security officer even before one was required by NYDFS rulemaking. Our management of enterprise-wide risk enables us to recognize and monitor risks and establish procedures to disseminate the risk information across our organization and to our Board of Directors. The objective is to have a robust and focused risk management process capable of identifying and mitigating emerging threats to the Bank’s safety and soundness. Trends and Contingencies. Our operating results are significantly affected by national and local economic and competitive conditions, including changes in market interest rates, the strength of the local regional economy, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities. We have remained strategically focused on the origination of multi-family residential mortgages, commercial mortgages and commercial business loans with a full banking relationship. Because of this strategy, we were able to continue to achieve a higher yield on our mortgage portfolio than we would have otherwise experienced. 62  Loan originations and purchases were $1,254.0 million, $1,004.1 million, and $1,162.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. While we primarily rely on originating our own loans, we purchased $262.1 million, $193.3 million, and $221.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. We purchase loans when the loans complement our loan portfolio strategy. Loans purchased must meet our underwriting standards when they were originated. During the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, the allocation of our loan portfolio has remained fairly consistent with a steady increase in non-mortgage loans. The majority of our loans are collateralized by real estate, which comprised 78.4% of our portfolio at December 31, 2021 compared to 78.0% at December 31, 2020 and 81.3% at December 31, 2019, while non-mortgage loans comprised 21.6% of our portfolio at December 31, 2021 compared to 22.0% at December 31, 2020 and 18.7% at December 31, 2019. Due to depositors increased $242.8 million, $1,068.7 million, and $106.1 million in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Lower-costing core deposits increased $434.6 million, $1,368.2 million, and $231.5 million in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Higher-costing certificates of deposit decreased $191.8 million during 2021 compared to decreases of $299.5 million in 2020 and $125.4 million in 2019. Brokered deposits represented 9.8%, 17.5%, and 7.7% of total deposits at December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. During 2018, Section 29 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act was amended to no longer consider reciprocal deposits held by an FDIC-insured depository institution brokered deposits. At December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, reciprocal deposits totaled $763.7 million, $735.4 million, and $805.6 million, respectively. Prevailing interest rates affect the extent to which borrowers repay and refinance loans. In a declining interest rate environment, the number of loan prepayments and loan refinancing tends to increase, as do prepayments of mortgage- backed securities. Call provisions associated with our investments in U.S. government agency and corporate securities may also adversely affect yield in a declining interest rate environment. Such prepayments and calls may adversely affect the yield of our loan portfolio and mortgage-backed and other securities as we reinvest the prepaid funds in a lower interest rate environment. However, we typically receive additional loan fees when existing loans are refinanced, which partially offsets the reduced yield on our loan portfolio resulting from prepayments. In periods of low interest rates, our level of core deposits also may decline if depositors seek higher-yielding instruments or other investments not offered by us, which in turn may increase our cost of funds and decrease our net interest margin to the extent alternative funding sources, are utilized. By contrast, an increasing interest rate environment would tend to extend the average lives of lower yielding fixed rate mortgages and mortgage-backed securities, which could adversely affect net interest income. In addition, depositors tend to open longer term, higher costing certificate of deposit accounts which could adversely affect our net interest income if rates were to subsequently decline. Additionally, adjustable rate residential mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities generally contain interim and lifetime caps that limit the amount the interest rate can increase at re-pricing dates. Net interest income increased $52.8 million or 27.0% to $248.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 from $195.2 million for the prior year, as a 39 basis points increase in the net interest margin to 3.24% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 was coupled with balance sheet growth. The increase in the net interest margin for 2021 was primarily due to a decrease in our funding costs, partially offset by a decrease in the yield of our interest- earning assets. The decrease in the yield of our interest earning assets was primarily due to loans being both originated and repriced at lower rates. During 2021, the cost of borrowed funds increased 27 basis points to 2.24% from 1.97% in the comparable period while the cost of interest-bearing deposits decreased 55 basis points to 0.37% from 0.92% for the prior year. The cost of money market, NOW and certificates of deposits accounts decreased 57 basis points, 33 basis points and 84 basis points, respectively, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 from the prior year. The cost of deposits declined as we decreased the rates we pay resulting from the Federal Reverse lowering rates. We are unable to predict the direction or timing of future interest rate changes. Approximately 80% of our certificates of deposit accounts and borrowings will reprice or mature during the next year. Also, in an increasing interest rate environment, mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities may prepay at slower rates than experienced in the past, which could result in a reduction of prepayment penalty income. 63 On October 30, 2020, the Company completed its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding voting and non-voting shares of Empire. The shareholders of Empire received total consideration of $87.5 million which consisted of $54.8 million in cash and 2,557,028 shares of Flushing Financial Corporation common stock. As of December 31, 2021, the combined company has $8.0 billion in assets, $6.6 billion in loans, $6.3 billion in deposits, and 24 branches in Queens, Brooklyn, Manhattan, and on Long Island. Interest Rate Risk Economic Value of Equity Analysis. The Consolidated Statements of Financial Position have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the changes in fair value of certain investments due to changes in interest rates. Generally, the fair value of financial investments such as loans and securities fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates. As a result, increases in interest rates could result in decreases in the fair value of the Company’s interest-earning assets which could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations if such assets were sold, or, in the case of securities classified as available for sale, decreases in the Company’s stockholders’ equity, if such securities were retained. The Company quantifies the net portfolio value should interest rates immediately go up 200 basis points or down 100 basis points, assuming the yield curves of the rate shocks will be parallel to each other. Net portfolio value is defined as the market value of assets net of the market value of liabilities. The market value of assets and liabilities is determined using a discounted cash flow calculation. The net portfolio value ratio is the ratio of the net portfolio value to the market value of assets. The changes in value are measured as percentage changes from the net portfolio value at the base interest rate scenario. The base interest rate scenario assumes interest rates at December 31, 2021 and 2020. Various estimates regarding prepayment assumptions are made at each level of rate shock. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company was within the guidelines set forth by the Board of Directors for each interest rate level. The following table presents the Company’s interest rate shock as of December 31, 2021 and 2020: Change in Interest Rate -100 basis points Base interest rate +100 basis points +200 basis points Net Portfolio Value 2020 2021 Net Portfolio Value Ratio 2021 2020 (4.36) — (5.41) (11.33) 6.55 — (15.66) (24.55) 11.53 12.27 11.86 11.36 10.27 9.93 8.67 7.98 Income Simulation Analysis. The Company manages the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities on a continuous basis to maximize return and adjust its exposure to interest rate risk. On a quarterly basis, management provides a report for review by the ALCO Investment Committee of the Board of Directors. This report quantifies the potential changes in net interest income and net portfolio value through various interest rate scenarios. The starting point for the net interest income simulation is an estimate of the next twelve month’s net interest income assuming that both interest rates and the Company’s interest-sensitive assets and liabilities remain at period-end levels. The net interest income simulation assumes that changes in interest rates change gradually in equal increments over the twelve-month period. Prepayment penalty income is excluded from this analysis. Based on these assumptions, net interest income would be reduced by 4.2% from a 100 basis point increase in rates over the next twelve months. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. At December 31, 2021, the Company had a derivative portfolio with a notional value totaling $1.5 billion. This portfolio is designed to provide protection against rising interest rates. See Note 21 (“Derivative Financial Instruments”) of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 64 A portion of this portfolio is comprised of forward swaps on certain short-term advances and brokered CDs totaling $996.5 million. At December 31, 2021, $591.5 million of the forward swaps are effective swaps at a weighted average rate of 1.95% that largely mature by the end of 2023 and $405.0 million of the forward swaps become effective at different points through 2024, at an average rate of 0.77%. A summary of maturity dates and effective dates of our forward swaps on short-term advances and brokered CDs held at December 31, 2021, are shown in the table below: (Dollars in thousands) Notional Weighted Average Rate Weighted Average Rate Notional Weighted Average Rate Notional Weighted Average Rate Notional 2022 2023 2024 2025 Effective Swaps Maturity Forward Starting Swaps $ 125,000 125,000 1.86 % $ 321,000 230,000 0.88 2.09 % $ 121,000 50,000 0.70 1.96 % $ 0.80 25,000 — 0.47 % — The net interest income simulation incorporates the next twelve months (through December 31, 2022) and only a portion of the effective swap maturities and the forward starting swaps are included in this period. Assuming another equal increment ramp of 100 basis points increase in rates in the second year (through December 31, 2023), for a total of 200 basis points over two years, the total derivative portfolio has a 1.7% benefit to net interest income (versus the base case) in the first year and a cumulative benefit of 4.9% by the second year. 65 Analysis of Net Interest Income Net interest income represents the difference between income on interest-earning assets and expense on interest- bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends upon the relative amount of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on them. The following table sets forth certain information relating to our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, and reflects the average yield on assets and average cost of liabilities for the periods indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods shown. Average balances are derived from average daily balances. The yields include amortization of fees that are considered adjustments to yields. 2021 For the year ended December 31, 2020 2019 Interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold Total interest-earning assets Other assets Assets Interest-earning assets: Mortgage loans, net (1)(2) Other loans, net (1)(2) Total loans, net Taxable securities: Mortgage-backed securities Other securities Total taxable securities Tax-exempt securities: (3) Other securities Total tax-exempt securities Total assets Liabilities and Equity Interest-bearing liabilities: Deposits: Savings accounts NOW accounts Money market accounts Certificate of deposit accounts Total due to depositors Mortgagors' escrow accounts Total interest-bearing deposits Borrowings Total interest-bearing liabilities Non interest-bearing demand deposits Other liabilities Total liabilities Equity Total liabilities and equity Average Balance Interest Cost Yield/ Average Balance Yield/ Interest Cost Average Balance Yield/ Interest Cost (Dollars in thousands) $ 5,146,195 $ 217,580 56,751 274,331 1,498,122 6,644,317 4.23 % $ 4,798,232 $ 202,722 45,431 3.79 248,153 4.13 1,207,715 6,005,947 4.22 % $ 4,609,439 $ 203,440 48,304 3.76 251,744 4.13 1,011,594 5,621,033 4.41 % 4.78 4.48 550,136 239,208 789,344 8,335 4,001 12,336 2,142 2,142 203 289,012 50,831 50,831 188,462 7,672,954 470,418 $ 8,143,372 1.52 1.67 1.56 4.21 4.21 0.11 3.77 450,065 249,533 699,598 8,730 5,178 13,908 2,419 2,419 355 264,835 56,530 56,530 100,723 6,862,798 413,224 $ 7,276,022 1.94 2.08 1.99 4.28 4.28 0.35 3.86 572,223 243,324 815,547 15,468 8,102 23,570 2,580 2,580 1,604 279,498 60,971 60,971 84,922 6,582,473 365,408 $ 6,947,881 2.70 3.33 2.89 4.23 4.23 1.89 4.25 255 5,453 7,271 7,340 20,319 5 20,324 20,269 40,593 0.16 0.25 0.35 0.71 0.38 0.01 0.37 2.24 0.63 $ 157,640 2,165,762 2,059,431 1,033,187 5,416,020 77,552 5,493,572 905,094 6,398,666 922,741 173,019 7,494,426 648,946 $ 8,143,372 $ 176,443 1,603,402 1,561,496 1,167,865 4,509,206 70,829 4,580,035 1,361,559 5,941,594 583,235 171,126 6,695,955 580,067 $ 7,276,022 495 9,309 14,368 18,096 42,268 44 42,312 26,816 69,128 0.28 0.58 0.92 1.55 0.94 0.06 0.92 1.97 1.16 $ 198,374 1,434,440 1,370,038 1,532,440 4,535,292 70,209 4,605,501 1,251,452 5,856,953 407,450 122,189 6,386,592 561,289 $ 6,947,881 1,378 23,553 27,819 35,078 87,828 229 88,057 28,959 117,016 0.69 1.64 2.03 2.29 1.94 0.33 1.91 2.31 2.00 Net interest income / net interest rate spread (4) $ 248,419 3.14 % $ 195,707 2.70 % $ 162,482 2.25 % Net interest-earning assets / net interest margin (5) Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest- bearing liabilities $ 1,274,288 3.24 % $ 921,204 2.85 % $ 725,520 2.47 % 1.20 X 1.16 X 1.12 X (1) Average balances include non-accrual loans. (2) Loan interest income includes loan fee income (which includes net amortization of deferred fees and costs, late charges, and prepayment penalties) of approximately $10.6 million, $2.3 million, and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. In addition, it includes net gains (losses) from fair value adjustments in qualifying hedges of $2.1 million, $(1.2) million and $(1.7) million for December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Interest and yields are calculated on the tax equivalent basis using statutory federal income tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average rate on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. (4) (5) Net interest margin represents net interest income before the provision for credit losses divided by average interest-earning assets. (3) 66 Rate/Volume Analysis The following table presents the impact of changes in interest rates and in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities on the Company’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (1) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by the prior rate), (2) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by the prior volume) and (3) the net change. The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate. Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income for the years ended December 31, 2021 vs. 2020 Due to 2020 vs. 2019 Due to Volume Rate Net Volume Rate Net (Dollars in thousands) $ 14,388 $ 10,957 1,715 (204) (238) 470 $ 14,858 $ 363 (2,110) (973) (39) 11,320 (395) (1,177) (277) 8,187 $ (8,905) $ 8,456 (2,906) 201 (190) (11,329) (3,832) (3,125) 29 (718) (2,873) (6,738) (2,924) (161) 186 26,804 (338) (2,627) (152) 24,177 254 14,002 (1,503) (28,665) (1,249) (14,663) (48) 2,565 3,637 (1,888) 3 (9,866) (5,597) (192) (6,421) (10,734) (8,868) (42) 3,319 (22,938) (240) (3,856) (7,097) (10,756) (39) (6,547) (28,535) (138) 2,492 3,453 (7,201) 2 2,382 990 (745) (16,736) (16,904) (9,781) (187) (4,525) (48,878) (883) (14,244) (13,451) (16,982) (185) (2,143) (47,888) Interest-Earning Assets: Mortgage loans, net Other loans, net Mortgage-backed securities Other securities Tax-Exempt securities Interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold Total interest-earning assets Interest-Bearing Liabilities: Deposits: Savings accounts NOW accounts Money market accounts Certificate of deposit accounts Mortgagors' escrow accounts Borrowings Total interest-bearing liabilities Net change in net interest income $ 32,401 $ 20,311 $ 52,712 $ 13,012 $ 20,213 $ 33,225 Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 General. Net income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 was $81.8 million, an increase of $47.1 million, or 135.9%, compared to $34.7 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. Diluted earnings per common share were $2.59 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $1.41, or 119.5%, from $1.18 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. Return on average equity increased to 12.60% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, from 5.98% for the comparable prior year period. Return on average assets increased to 1.00% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 from 0.48% for the comparable prior year period. Interest Income. Interest income increased $24.2 million, or 9.2%, to $288.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $264.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in interest income was primarily due to an increase of $810.2 million in the average balance of interest-earning assets to $7,673.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $6,862.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, partially offset by a decrease of 9 basis points in the yield of interest-earning assets to 3.77% for the year ended December 31, 2021 from 3.86% for the year ended December 31, 2020. The 9 basis point decrease in the yield of interest-earning assets was primarily due to a 44 basis point decrease in the yield of total securities to 1.72% for the year ended December 31, 2021 from 2.16% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and a decline in the yield on interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold of 24 basis points to 0.11% in for the year ended December 31, 2021 from 0.35% in for the comparable prior year period, as the yield on loans 67 was stable at 4.13% in both periods. Excluding prepayment penalty income from loans and securities, net recoveries/(reversals) of interest from non-accrual loans, net gains (losses) from fair value adjustments on qualifying hedges, and purchase accounting adjustments, the yield on total loans, net, decreased 12 basis points to 3.95% for the year ended December 31, 2021 from 4.07% for the year ended December 31, 2020. Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $28.5 million, or 41.3%, to $40.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $69.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to a decrease of 53 basis points in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 0.63% for the year ended December 31, 2021 from 1.16% for the year ended December 31, 2020. The 53 basis point decrease in the cost of interest- bearing liabilities was primarily due to the 55 basis point decline in the yield on interest-bearing deposits to 0.37% for the year ended December 31, 2021 from 0.92% for the year ended December 31, 2020. Additionally, the cost of interest- bearing liabilities decreased due to a decline of $456.5 million in the average balance of higher costing borrowed funds to $905.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $1,361.6 million for the comparable prior year period. Net Interest Income. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2021 totaled $248.0 million, an increase of $52.8 million, or 27.0%, from $195.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to a 44 basis point increase in the net interest spread to 3.14% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 from 2.70% for the comparable prior year period. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 53 basis points to 0.63% for the year ended December 31, 2021 from 1.16% for the comparable prior year period, partially offset by a decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets of nine basis points to 3.77% for the year ended December 31, 2021, from 3.86% for the year ended December 31, 2020. This resulted in the net interest margin increasing 39 basis points to 3.24% for the year ended December 31, 2021 from 2.85% for the year ended December 31, 2020. Included in net interest income was prepayment penalty income from loans and securities totaling $6.4 million and $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, net recovered interest from non-accrual loans totaling $0.3 million and $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, net gains (losses) from fair value adjustments on qualifying hedges totaling $2.1 million and ($1.2) million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and purchase accounting income adjustments of $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Excluding all of these items, the net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2021 was 3.08%, an increase of 28 basis points, from to 2.80% for the year ended December 31, 2020. (Benefit) Provision for Credit Losses. Benefit for credit losses was $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to a provision for credit losses of $23.1 million during the prior year. The change was primarily the result of an improving economy. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, non-accrual loans decreased $3.4 million to $14.9 million from $18.3 million at December 31, 2020. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, the Bank recorded net charge-offs totaling $3.1 million. The average loan-to-value ratio for our non-performing loans collateralized by real estate was 30.4% at December 31, 2021. The Bank continues to maintain conservative underwriting standards. Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 was $3.7 million, a decrease of $7.4 million, or 66.6%, from $11.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. Non-interest income decreased primarily due to an increase in non-cash net losses from fair value adjustments of $10.9 million, partially offset by an increase of $2.1 million in other income for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the comparable prior year period. Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense was $147.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $9.4 million, or 6.8%, from $137.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. The increase in non-interest expense was primarily due to a $14.1 million increase in salaries and employee benefits and a $4.2 million increase in other operating expense primarily due to the growth of the Bank. Income Tax Provisions. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $17.0 million, or 161.6%, to $27.5 million, compared to $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to the $64.1 million increase in income before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2021 from the comparable prior year period. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2021 was 25.2% compared to 23.3% for the year ended December 31, 2020. 68 Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (1) Liquidity, Regulatory Capital and Capital Resources Liquidity and Capital Resources. Liquidity is the ability to economically meet current and future financial obligations. The Company’s primary objectives in terms of managing liquidity is to maintain the ability to originate and purchase loans, repay borrowings as they mature, satisfy financial obligations that arise in the normal course of business and meet our customer’s deposit withdrawal needs. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowings, principal and interest payments on loans, mortgage-backed and other securities, and proceeds from sales of securities and loans. Deposit flows and mortgage prepayments, however, are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The Company has other sources of liquidity, including unsecured overnight lines of credit, brokered deposits and other types of borrowings. Liquidity management is both a short and long-term function of business management. During 2021, funds were provided by the Company’s operating activities, which were used to fund our investing and financing activities. Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, which include cash and due from banks, overnight interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold with original maturities of 90 days or less. The level of these assets is dependent on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2021, cash and cash equivalents totaled $81.7 million, a decrease of $75.7 million from December 31, 2020. We also held marketable securities available for sale with a market value of $777.2 million at December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2021, the Bank was able to borrow up to $3,635.2 million from the FHLB-NY in Federal Home Loan Bank advances and letters of credit. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank had $1,429.6 million outstanding in combined balances of FHLB-NY advances and letters of credit. At December 31, 2021, the Bank also has unsecured lines of credit with other commercial banks totaling $593.0 million, with $25.0 million outstanding amount. In addition, the Holding Company has subordinated debentures with a principal balance totaling $125.0 million and junior subordinated debentures with a face amount of $61.9 million and a carrying amount of $56.5 million (which are both included in Borrowed Funds). (See Note 10 (“Borrowed Funds”) of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.) Management believes its available sources of funds are sufficient to fund current operations. At December 31, 2021, we had commitments to extend credit (principally real estate mortgage loans) of $88.7 million and open lines of credit for borrowers (principally business lines of credit and home equity loan lines of credit) of $384.2 million. Since generally all of the loan commitments are expected to be drawn upon, the total loan commitments approximate future cash requirements, whereas the amounts of lines of credit may not be indicative of our future cash requirements. The loan commitments generally expire in 90 days, while construction loan lines of credit mature within 18 months and home equity loan lines of credit mature within 10 years. We use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance-sheet instruments. Our total interest expense and non-interest expense in 2021 were $40.6 million and $147.3 million, respectively. We maintain three postretirement defined benefit plans for our employees: a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan which was frozen as of September 30, 2006, a contributory medical plan, and a noncontributory life insurance plan. The life insurance plan was amended to discontinue providing life insurance benefits to future retirees after January 1, 2010 and the medical plan was frozen to future retirees as of January 1, 2011. We also maintain a noncontributory defined benefit plan for certain of our non-employee directors, which was frozen as of January 1, 2004. The employee pension plan is the only plan that we have funded. During 2021, we incurred cash expenditures of $0.1 million for each of the medical and life insurance plans and the non-employee director plan. We did not make a contribution to the employee pension plan in 2021. We expect to pay similar amounts for these plans in 2022. (See Note 13 (“Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plan”) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.) (1) – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, filed with the SEC on March 16, 2021, which is available on our investor relations website at www.flushingbank.com and the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov 69 The amounts reported in our financial statements are obtained from reports prepared by independent actuaries and are based on significant assumptions. The most significant assumption is the discount rate used to determine the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (“APBO”) for these plans. The APBO is the present value of projected benefits that employees and retirees have earned to date. The discount rate is a single rate at which the liabilities of the plans are discounted into today’s dollars and could be effectively settled or eliminated. The discount rate used is based on the FTSE Pension Discount Curve (formerly the Citigroup Pension Liability Index) and reflects a rate that could be earned on bonds over a similar period that we anticipate the plans’ liabilities will be paid. An increase in the discount rate would reduce the APBO, while a reduction in the discount rate would increase the APBO. During the past several years, when interest rates have been at historically low levels, the discount rate used for our plans has declined from 7.25% for 2001 to 2.58% for 2021. This decline in the discount rate has resulted in an increase in our APBO. The Company’s actuaries use several other assumptions that could have a significant impact on our APBO and periodic expense for these plans. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, expected rate of return on plan assets, future increases in medical and life insurance premiums, turnover rates of employees, and life expectancy. The accounting standards for postretirement plans involve mechanisms that serve to limit the volatility of earnings by allowing changes in the value of plan assets and benefit obligations to be amortized over time when actual results differ from the assumptions used, there are changes in the assumptions used, or there are plan amendments. At December 31, 2021, our employee pension plan had an unrecognized loss of $1.4 million and the medical and life insurance plan had an unrecognized loss of $0.9 million. At December 31, 2021, the non-employee director plan had an unrecognized gain of $0.4 million due to experience different from what had been estimated and changes in actuarial assumptions. The employee pension plan’s and medical and life insurance plan’s unrecognized losses are primarily attributed to the reduction in the discount rate. In addition, the medical and life insurance plan has a past service credit of less than $0.1 million due to plan amendments. The net after tax effect of the unrecognized gains and losses associated with these plans has been recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity, resulting in a reduction of stockholders’ equity of $1.3 million as of December 31, 2021. The change in the discount rate, the pension plan’s mortality table and the reduction in medical premiums are the only significant changes made to the assumptions used for these plans for each of the three years ended December 31, 2021. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, the actual (loss) return on the employee pension plan assets was approximately (154%), 311%, and 372%, respectively, of the assumed return used to determine the periodic pension expense for that respective year. The market value of the assets of our employee pension plan is $26.1 million at December 31, 2021, which is $4.0 million more than the projected benefit obligation. We do not anticipate a change in the market value of these assets which would have a significant effect on liquidity, capital resources, or results of operations. At the time of the Bank’s conversion from a federally chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered stock savings bank, the Bank was required by its primary regulator to establish a liquidation account which is reduced as and to the extent that eligible account holders reduce their qualifying deposits. Upon completion of the merger, the liquidation account was assumed by the Bank. The balance of the liquidation account at December 31, 2021 was $0.4 million. In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of the Bank, each eligible account holder will be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account. The Bank is not permitted to declare or pay a dividend or to repurchase any of its capital stock if the effect would be to cause the Bank’s regulatory capital to be reduced below the amount required for the liquidation account but approval of the NYDFS Superintendent is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in a calendar year would exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years less prior dividends paid. The Holding Company is subject to the same regulatory restrictions on the declaration of dividends as the Bank. We have significant obligations that arise in the normal course of business. We finance our assets with deposits and borrowings. We also use borrowings to manage our interest-rate risk. Borrowings with call provisions are included in the period of the next call date. We have the means to refinance these borrowings as they mature or are called through financing arrangements with the FHLB-NY and our ability to arrange repurchase agreements with broker-dealers and the FHLB-NY. (See Note 9 (“Deposits”) and Note 10 (“Borrowed Funds”) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report. At December 31, 2021, we had borrowings obligations of $815.5 million of which $653.7 70 million represents our current obligations within one year. At December 31, 2021, we had deposits obligations of $6.385.4 million of which $6,194.7 million represents our current obligations within one year. We focus our balance sheet growth on the origination of loans. At December 31, 2021, we had commitments to extend credit and lines of credit of $472.9 million for mortgage and other loans. These loans will be funded through principal and interest payments received on existing loan portfolio and mortgage-backed securities, growth in customer deposits, and, when necessary, additional borrowings. (See Note 17 (“Commitments and Contingencies”) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.) At December 31, 2021, the Bank had 24 branches, which were all leased. In addition, we lease our executive offices. We currently outsource our data processing, loan servicing and check processing functions. We believe that this is the most cost effective method for obtaining these services. These arrangements are usually volume dependent and have varying terms. The contracts for these services usually include annual increases based on the increase in the consumer price index. At December 31, 2021 we had Operating lease and purchasing obligations totaling $85.4 million. Pension and other postretirement benefits reflects our directors’ pension plan and amounts due under our plan for medical and life insurance benefits for retired employees. At December 31, 2021 we had pension and other postretirement benefits obligations totaling $5.4 million. We currently provide a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for officers who have achieved the designated level and completed one year of service. However, certain officers who have not reached the designated level but were already participants remain eligible to participate in the Plan. In addition to the amounts deferred by the officers, we match 50% of their contributions, generally up to a maximum of 5% of the officer’s salary. These plans generally require the deferred balance to be credited with earnings at a rate earned by certain mutual funds. At December 31, 2021 we had deferred compensation plan obligations of $24.8 million. This expense is provided in the Consolidated Statements of Income, and the liability has been provided in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Regulatory Capital Position. Under applicable regulatory capital regulations, the Bank and the Company are required to comply with each of four separate capital adequacy standards: leverage capital, common equity Tier I risk- based capital, Tier I risk-based capital and total risk-based capital. Such classifications are used by the FDIC and other bank regulatory agencies to determine matters ranging from each institution’s quarterly FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments, to approvals of applications authorizing institutions to grow their asset size or otherwise expand business activities. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bank and the Company exceeded each of their four regulatory capital requirements. (See Note 15 (“Regulatory Capital”) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report.) Critical Accounting Estimates The preparation of our consolidated financial statement in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates and changes in assumptions could have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements. Our critical accounting policies that require us to make significant judgments or estimates are described below. For more information on these critical accounting policies and other significant accounting policies, see the Note titled “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Use of Estimates” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company’s accounting policies are integral to understanding the results of operations and statement of financial condition. These policies are described in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Several of these policies require management’s judgment to determine the value of the Company’s assets and liabilities. The Company has established detailed written policies and control procedures to ensure consistent application of these policies. The Company has identified four accounting policies that require significant management valuation judgment: the allowance for credit losses, fair value of financial instruments, goodwill impairment and income taxes. 71 Allowance for Credit Losses. An allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) is provided to absorb probable estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Management reviews the adequacy of the ACL by reviewing individual loans when it has disparate risk characteristics from the rest of the loan portfolio. These loans include non-accrual and troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) loans, while the remainder of the portfolio is grouped by categories with similar risk characteristics. The amount of the ACL is based upon a loss rate model that considers multiple factors which reflects management’s assessment of the credit quality of the loan portfolio. Management estimates the allowance balance using relevant information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The factors are both quantitative and qualitative in nature including, but not limited to, historical losses, economic conditions, trends in delinquencies, value and adequacy of underlying collateral, volume and portfolio mix, and internal loan processes Judgment is required to determine how many years of historical loss experience are to be included when reviewing historical loss experience. A full credit cycle must be used, or loss estimates may be inaccurate. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revisions as more information becomes available. The quantitative allowance is calculated using a number of inputs and assumptions. The process and guidelines were developed using, among other factors, the guidance from federal banking regulatory agencies and GAAP. The results of this process, support management’s assessment as to the adequacy of the ACL at each balance sheet date. Notwithstanding the judgment required in assessing the components of the ACL, the Company believes that the ACL is adequate to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The policy has been applied on a consistent basis for all periods presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements. See Notes 2 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) and 4 (“Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses”) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report. Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The Company carries certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value under the fair value option. Fair value is considered the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The securities portfolio also consists of mortgage-backed and other securities for which the fair value election was not selected. These securities are classified as available for sale or held-to-maturity. Securities classified as available for sale are carried at fair value in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, with changes in fair value recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss. Securities held-to-maturity are carried at their amortized cost in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Financial assets and financial liabilities reported at fair value are required to be measured based on the following alternatives: (1) quoted prices in active markets for identical financial instruments (Level 1), (2) significant other observable inputs (Level 2), or (3) significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). Judgment is required in selecting the appropriate level to be used to determine fair value. The majority of financial assets and financial liabilities for which the fair value election was made, and the majority of investments classified as available for sale and held-to-maturity, were measured using Level 2 inputs, which require judgment to determine the fair value. The trust preferred securities held in the investment portfolio, and the Company’s junior subordinated debentures, were measured using Level 3 inputs due to the inactive market for these securities. The significant inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s trust preferred securities and junior subordinated debentures are the effective yields used in a cash flow models. See Notes 2 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”), 7 (“Securities”) and 20 (“Fair Value of Financial Instruments”) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report. Goodwill Impairment. Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite life and is tested for impairment, rather than amortized, on at least an annual basis. For the purpose of goodwill impairment testing, management has concluded that Company has one reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, there is no impairment of goodwill. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and are to be used as the basis for measurement, when available. Other acceptable valuation methods include an asset approach, which determines a fair value based upon the value of assets net of liabilities, an income approach, which determines fair value using one or more 72 methods that convert anticipated economic benefits into a present single amount, and a market approach, which determines a fair value based on the similar businesses that have been sold. As described above, fair value of our reporting unit is derived using a combination of an asset approach, an income approach and a market approach. These valuation techniques consider several other factors beyond our market capitalization, such as the estimated future cash flows of our reporting unit, the discount rate used to present value such cash flows and the market multiples of comparable companies. Changes to input assumptions used in the analysis could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment. See Notes 2 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report. Income Taxes. The Company estimates its income taxes payable based on the amounts it expects to owe to the various taxing authorizes (i.e., federal, state and local). In estimating income taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. Management also relies on tax opinions, recent audits, and historical experience. The Company also recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. A valuation allowance is required for deferred tax assets that the Company estimates are more likely than not to be unrealizable, based on evidence available at the time the estimate is made. These estimates can be affected by changes to tax laws, statutory tax rates, and future income levels. See Notes 2 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) and 11 (“Income Taxes”) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report. Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. This information is contained in the section captioned “Interest Rate Risk” under Item. 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and in Notes 20 (“Fair Value of Financial Instruments”) and 21 (“Derivative Financial Instruments”) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report. 73 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition Assets Cash and due from banks Securities held-to-maturity: Mortgage-backed securities (include assets pledged of $5,643 and $5,853 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; fair value of $8,667 and $8,991 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively) Other securities, net of allowance of $862 and $907 at December 31, 2021 and 2020 respectively; (none pledged; fair value of $53,362 and $54,538 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively) Securities available for sale, at fair value: Mortgage-backed securities (including assets pledged of $212,388 and $264,968 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; $388 and $505 at fair value pursuant to the fair value option at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively) Other securities (including assets pledged of $0 and $6,453 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; $14,180 and $13,998 at fair value pursuant to the fair value option at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively) Loans, net of fees and costs Less: Allowance for credit losses Net loans Interest and dividends receivable Bank premises and equipment, net Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost Bank owned life insurance Goodwill Core deposit intangibles Right of use asset Other assets Total assets Liabilities Due to depositors: Non-interest bearing Interest-bearing Total Due to depositors Mortgagors' escrow deposits Borrowed funds: Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings Subordinated debentures Junior subordinated debentures, at fair value Total borrowed funds Operating lease liability Other liabilities Total liabilities Commitments and contingencies (Note 17) December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) $ 81,723 $ 157,388 7,894 49,974 7,914 49,918 572,184 404,460 $ $ 205,052 6,638,105 (37,135) 6,600,970 38,698 23,338 35,937 210,754 17,636 2,562 50,200 148,989 8,045,911 967,621 5,365,911 6,333,532 51,913 636,187 122,885 56,472 815,544 54,155 111,139 7,366,283 $ $ 243,514 6,704,674 (45,153) 6,659,521 44,041 28,179 43,439 181,710 17,636 3,172 50,743 84,759 7,976,394 778,672 5,312,061 6,090,733 45,622 887,579 90,180 43,136 1,020,895 59,100 141,047 7,357,397 Stockholders' Equity Preferred stock ($0.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued) Common stock ($0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 34,087,623 shares issued at both December 31, 2021 and 2020; 30,526,353 shares and 30,775,854 shares outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively) Additional paid-in capital Treasury stock, at average cost (3,561,270 shares and 3,311,769 shares at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively) Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes Total stockholders' equity — — 341 263,375 (75,293) 497,889 (6,684) 679,628 341 261,533 (69,400) 442,789 (16,266) 618,997 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $ 8,045,911 $ 7,976,394 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 74 FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Income Interest and dividend income Interest and fees on loans Interest and dividends on securities: Interest Dividends Other interest income Total interest and dividend income Interest expense Deposits Other interest expense Total interest expense Net interest income (Benefit) provision for credit losses Net interest income after benefit provision for credit losses Non-interest income Banking services fee income Net gain on sale of loans Net gain on disposition of assets Net gain (loss) on sale of securities Net gain on sale of assets Net loss from fair value adjustments Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock dividends Life insurance proceeds Bank owned life insurance Other income Total non-interest income Non-interest expense Salaries and employee benefits Occupancy and equipment Professional services FDIC deposit insurance Data processing Depreciation and amortization of bank premises and equipment Other real estate owned / foreclosure expense Net loss from sales of real estate owned Prepayment penalty on borrowings Other operating expenses Total non-interest expense Income before income taxes Provision for income taxes Federal State and local Total provision for income taxes Net income Basic earnings per common share Diluted earnings per common share For the years ended December 31, 2019 2020 (In thousands, except per share data) 2021 $ 274,331 $ 248,153 $ 251,744 13,999 29 203 288,562 15,776 43 355 264,327 25,535 73 1,604 278,956 20,324 20,269 40,593 247,969 (4,944) 252,913 42,312 26,816 69,128 195,199 23,129 172,070 88,057 28,959 117,016 161,940 2,811 159,129 5,965 335 621 113 — (12,995) 2,097 — 4,044 3,507 3,687 88,310 14,002 7,439 2,951 7,044 6,425 323 — — 20,828 147,322 109,278 4,500 48 — (701) — (2,142) 3,453 659 3,814 1,412 11,043 3,723 870 — (15) 770 (5,353) 3,589 462 3,534 1,891 9,471 74,228 12,134 9,374 2,676 8,586 6,212 216 36 7,834 16,635 137,931 45,182 67,765 11,328 8,358 869 5,878 5,930 204 — — 14,937 115,269 53,331 20,078 7,407 27,485 81,793 $ 2.59 $ 2.59 $ 9,188 1,320 10,508 34,674 $ 1.18 $ 1.18 $ 10,439 1,613 12,052 41,279 1.44 1.44 $ $ $ The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 75 FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income $ Net income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: Amortization of prior service credits, net of taxes of $27, $26 and $26 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively Amortization of net actuarial losses, net of taxes of ($159), ($120) and ($40) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively Unrecognized actuarial gains (losses), net of taxes of ($109), $484 and ($290) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net of taxes of $3,455, ($2,169) and ($5,211) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively Reclassification adjustment for net losses included in net income, net of taxes of $35, ($216) and ($5) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively Net unrealized (loss) gain on cash flow hedges, net of taxes of ($7,126), $5,177 and $4,353 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively Change in fair value of liabilities related to instrument-specific credit risk, net of taxes of ($237), ($367) and ($74) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively For the years ended December 31, 2019 2020 2021 (in thousands) 81,793 $ 34,674 $ 41,279 (58) 341 (59) 270 (59) 88 319 (1,112) 661 (7,484) 4,787 11,657 (78) 485 10 16,115 (11,658) (9,567) 427 828 155 Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 9,582 (6,459) 2,945 Comprehensive net income $ 91,375 $ 28,215 $ 44,224 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 76 FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity Balance at December 31, 2018 $ 549,464 $ 315 $ 222,720 $ (75,146) $ 414,327 $ (12,752) Total Common Stock Additional Paid-in Capital Treasury Stock Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Impact of adoption of ASC 842 - Leases Net income Award of shares released from Employee Benefit Trust (154,746 shares) Vesting of restricted stock unit awards (297,559 shares) Exercise of stock options (300 shares) Stock-based compensation expense Purchase of treasury shares (40,000 shares) Repurchase of shares to satisfy tax obligation (84,290 shares) Dividends on common stock ($0.84 per share) Other comprehensive income, net of tax Balance at December 31, 2019 $ Adoption of ASC 326- Credit Losses Net income Shares issued in acquisition of Empire Bancorp, Inc. (2,557,028 shares) Award of shares released from Employee Benefit Trust (145,447 shares) Vesting of restricted stock unit awards (281,636 shares) Stock-based compensation expense Purchase of treasury shares (142,405 shares) Repurchase of shares to satisfy tax obligation (77,611 shares) Dividends on common stock ($0.84 per share) Other comprehensive loss, net of tax Balance at December 31, 2020 $ Net Income Award of shares released from Employee Benefit Trust (22,936 shares) Vesting of restricted stock unit awards (261,628 shares) Stock-based compensation expense Purchase of treasury shares (436,619 shares) Repurchase of shares to satisfy tax obligation (74,510 shares) Dividends on common stock ($0.84 per share) Other comprehensive income, net of tax Balance at December 31, 2021 $ 2,716 41,279 2,307 — 3 7,763 (771) — — — — — — — — — 2,307 (6,099) — 7,763 — — — — 6,309 6 — (771) 2,716 41,279 — (210) (3) — — — — — — — — — (1,885) (24,149) 2,945 579,672 $ — — — 315 $ — — — 226,691 $ (1,885) — — (71,487) $ — (24,149) — 433,960 $ — — 2,945 (9,807) (875) 34,674 32,705 1,520 — 6,450 (2,342) (1,535) (24,813) (6,459) 618,997 $ 81,793 321 — 6,829 (9,988) (1,382) (26,524) 9,582 679,628 $ — — 26 — — — — — — — 341 $ — — — — — — — — — — 32,679 1,520 (5,807) 6,450 — — — — — 5,964 — (2,342) (875) 34,674 — — (157) — — — — — — — — — — — — 261,533 $ (1,535) — — (69,400) $ — (24,813) — 442,789 $ — — (6,459) (16,266) — 321 (5,308) 6,829 — — — — — — 5,477 — (9,988) (1,382) — — 81,793 — (169) — — — (26,524) — — — — — — — — 9,582 (6,684) 341 $ 263,375 $ (75,293) $ 497,889 $ The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 77 FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Operating Activities Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: (Benefit) provision for credit losses Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment Net gain on sales of loans Net (gain) loss on sales of securities Net loss on sales of OREO Net gain on sale and disposition of assets Amortization of premium, net of accretion of discount Fair value adjustments for financial assets and financial liabilities Net (gain) loss from fair value adjustments of qualifying hedges Income from bank owned life insurance Life insurance proceeds Stock-based compensation expense Deferred compensation Amortization of core deposit intangibles Deferred income tax Decrease (increase) in other assets (Decrease) increase in other liabilities Net cash provided by operating activities Investing Activities Purchases of premises and equipment Net redemptions of Federal Home Loan Bank-NY shares Purchases of securities held-to-maturity Proceeds from calls of securities held-to-maturity Proceeds from prepayments of securities held-to-maturity Purchases of securities available for sale Proceeds from sales and calls of securities available for sale Proceeds from maturities and prepayments of securities available for sale Proceeds from sale of assets Purchase of bank owned life insurance Proceeds from life insurance Net repayments (originations) of loans Purchases of loans Proceeds from sale of loans Proceeds from sale of OREO, net Cash used in acquisition of Empire Bancorp, Inc. Cash provided by acquisition of Empire Bancorp, Inc. Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities For the years ended December 31, 2019 2020 2021 (In thousands) $ 81,793 $ 34,674 $ 41,279 (4,944) 6,425 (335) (113) — (621) (987) 12,995 (2,079) (4,044) — 6,829 (4,002) 610 (1,725) 563 (1,767) 88,598 23,129 6,212 (48) 701 36 — 6,446 2,142 1,185 (3,814) (659) 6,450 (4,403) 108 (4,637) 2,605 1,151 71,278 (3,680) 7,502 — — — (538,350) 64,613 330,701 — (25,000) — 290,890 (262,091) 28,632 — — — (106,783) (2,512) 14,617 — 180 603 (217,405) 232,970 271,533 — — 2,477 (55,276) (193,289) 7,493 203 (54,836) 86,340 93,098 2,811 5,930 (870) 15 — (770) 7,110 5,353 1,677 (3,534) (462) 7,763 (3,078) — (3,895) 706 3,735 63,770 (4,213) 361 (30,030) 2,568 583 (146,183) 65,493 144,673 813 (25,000) 3,071 (800) (221,222) 15,117 — — — (194,769) Continued The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 78 FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued) Financing Activities Net increase in non interest-bearing deposits Net increase in interest-bearing deposits Net increase (decrease) in mortgagors' escrow deposits Net proceeds from short-term borrowed funds Proceeds from long-term borrowings Repayment of long-term borrowings Purchases of treasury stock Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options Cash dividends paid Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents, end of year Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure Interest paid Income taxes paid Taxes paid if excess tax benefits on stock-based compensation were not tax deductible Non-cash activities: Loans transferred to other real estate owned Right-of-use assets Operating lease liabilities For the years ended December 31, 2019 2020 2021 (In thousands) $ 188,949 $ 174,104 $ 3,974 6,291 — 122,843 (341,643) (11,370) — (26,524) (57,480) (75,665) 157,388 39,591 (5,159) — 215,378 (451,999) (3,877) — (24,813) (56,775) 107,601 49,787 81,723 $ 157,388 $ 21,325 84,540 (486) 15,750 225,000 (257,102) (2,656) 3 (24,149) 62,225 (68,774) 118,561 49,787 $ $ 40,564 $ 28,225 71,380 $ 115,616 15,369 17,919 27,889 17,764 15,403 — — — — — — 239 42,869 51,780 Continued The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 79 FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued) Acquisition of Empire Bancorp, Inc. non-cash activities Assets acquired: Securities available for sale Net loans Interest and dividends receivable Bank premises and equipment, net Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost Bank owned life insurance Core deposit Intangibles Right of Use Asset Other assets Liabilities assumed: Due to depositors: Non-interest bearing Interest-bearing Mortgagors' escrow deposits Borrowed funds Operating lease liability Other liabilities Goodwill recorded Common stock issued For the year ended December 31,   2020 (In thousands)   $ 159,369 669,682 5,394 3,203 1,135 21,992 3,280 9,993 22,300 896,348 169,496 685,393 6,406 21,215 11,039 3,108 896,657 $ $ 1,509 32,705 80                                                                             FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 1. Nature of Operations Flushing Financial Corporation (the “Holding Company”), a Delaware business corporation, is the bank holding company of its wholly-owned subsidiary Flushing Bank (the “Bank”). The Holding Company and its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, including the Bank, Flushing Service Corporation (“FSC”), FSB Properties Inc. (“Properties”), and Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation (“FPFC”), which was dissolved as of June 30, 2021, and are collectively herein referred to as the “Company.” The Company’s principal business is attracting deposits from public entities and the general public, while investing those deposits together with funds generated from ongoing operations and borrowings, primarily in (1) originations and purchases of multi-family residential properties, commercial business loans, commercial real estate mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent, one-to-four family (focusing on mixed-use properties, which are properties that contain both residential dwelling units and commercial units); (2) construction loans, primarily for residential properties; (3) Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans and other small business loans; (4) mortgage loan surrogates such as mortgage-backed securities; and (5) U.S. government securities, corporate fixed-income securities and other marketable securities. The Bank also originates certain other consumer loans including overdraft lines of credit. The Bank primarily conducts its business through twenty-four full-service banking offices, nine of which are located in Queens County, four in Nassau County, three in Suffolk County, five in Kings County (Brooklyn), and three in New York County (Manhattan), New York. The Bank also operates an internet branch, which operates under the brands of iGObanking® and BankPurely® (the “Internet Branch”), offering checking, savings, money market and certificates of deposit accounts. 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies The accounting and reporting policies of the Company follow accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and general practices within the banking industry. The policies which materially affect the determination of the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows are summarized below. Principles of Consolidation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Holding Company and the following direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Holding Company: the Bank, FPFC, FSC, and Properties. FPFC, which was dissolved as of June 30, 2021, was a real estate investment trust formed to hold a portion of the Bank’s mortgage loans to facilitate access to capital markets. FSC was formed to market insurance products and mutual funds. Properties is currently used to hold title to real estate owned acquired via foreclosure. Amounts held in a rabbi trust for certain non-qualified deferred compensation plans are included in the consolidated financial statements. All intercompany transactions and accounts are eliminated in consolidation. The Holding Company also owns Flushing Financial Capital Trust II, Flushing Financial Capital Trust III, and Flushing Financial Capital Trust IV (the “Trusts”), which are special purpose business trusts formed to issue a total of $60.0 million of capital securities and $1.9 million of common securities (which are the only voting securities). The Holding Company owns 100% of the common securities of the Trusts. The Trusts used the proceeds from the issuance of these securities to purchase junior subordinated debentures from the Holding Company. The Trusts are not included in our consolidated financial statements as we would not absorb the losses of the Trusts if losses were to occur. See Note 10, “Borrowed Funds,” for additional information regarding these trusts. When necessary, certain reclassifications were made to prior-year amounts to conform to the current-year presentation. 81 Use of Estimates: In December 2019, Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) was reported in China, and, in March 2020, the World Health Organization declared it a pandemic. The outbreak of COVID-19 has adversely impacted a broad range of industries in which the Company’s customers operate and could impair their ability to fulfill their financial obligations to the Company. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 to be a global pandemic indicating that almost all public commerce and related business activities must be, to varying degrees, curtailed with the goal of decreasing the rate of new infections. The spread of the outbreak has caused significant disruptions in the U.S. economy and has disrupted banking and other financial activity in the areas in which the Company operates. As a result of the emergence of the pandemic and the uncertainty, it is not possible to determine the overall impact of the pandemic on the Company’s business. However, if the pandemic continues for an extended period of time, there could be a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. On March 27, 2020, the President of the United States signed into law the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act in response to the coronavirus pandemic. This legislation aims at providing relief for individuals and businesses that have been negatively impacted by the coronavirus pandemic. On December 27, 2020, the 2021 Consolidated Appropriations Act (“CAA”) was signed into law, providing for, among other things, further suspension of the exception for loan modifications to not be classified as “troubled debt restructuring” (“TDR”) if certain criteria are met, as described below. The CARES Act includes a provision for the Company to opt out of applying the TDR accounting guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310-40 for certain loan modifications. Loan modifications made between March 1, 2020 and the earlier of i) December 31, 2020 or ii) 60 days after the President declares a termination of the COVID-19 national emergency are eligible for this relief if the related loans were not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019. The Bank adopted this provision and at December 31, 2021, we have 20 active forbearances for loans with an aggregate outstanding loan balance of approximately $71.9 million resulting in total deferment of $4.8 million in principal, interest and escrow, as disclosed more fully in Note 4 (“Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses”) of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Loans modified after December 31, 2021 are no longer eligible to be modified under the CARES Act or CAA. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates that are particularly susceptible to change in the near term, including COVID-19 related changes, are used in connection with the determination of the allowance for credit losses, the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, the review of the need for a valuation allowance of the Company’s deferred tax assets and the fair value of financial instruments. Cash and Cash Equivalents: For the purpose of reporting cash flows, the Company defines cash and due from banks, overnight interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold with original maturities of 90 days or less as cash and cash equivalents. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents totaled $81.7 million and $157.4 million, respectively. Included in cash and cash equivalents at those dates were $51.7 million and $133.7 million, respectively, in interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions, primarily due from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB-NY”). At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents included restricted cash totaling $21.5 million and $63.5 million, respectively. These funds are pledged as collateral for unrealized losses on interest-rate swaps. Securities: Securities are classified as held-to-maturity when management intends to hold the securities until maturity. Held- to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost, adjusted for unamortized purchase premiums and discounts and an allowance for credit losses. Securities are classified as available for sale when management intends to hold the securities 82 for an indefinite period of time or when the securities may be utilized for tactical asset/liability purposes and may be sold from time to time to effectively manage interest rate exposure and resultant prepayment risk and liquidity needs. Unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale are excluded from earnings and reported as part of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted, respectively, using the level- yield method. Realized gains and losses on the sales of securities are determined using the specific identification method. The Company’s estimate of expected credit losses for held-to-maturity debt securities is based on historical information, current conditions and a reasonable and supportable forecast. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s portfolio is made up of three securities: the first structured similar to a commercial owner occupied loan and modeled for credit losses similar to commercial business loans secured by real estate; the second is under forbearance and is individually evaluated for allowance for credit loss; and the third issued and guaranteed by Fannie Mae, which is a government sponsored enterprise that has a credit rating and perceived credit risk comparable to the U.S. government. Accordingly, the Company assumes a zero loss expectation from the Fannie Mae security. The Company reviewed each available for sale debt security that had an unrealized loss at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is more likely than not the Company will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of the securities’ amortized cost basis. If the Company evaluates any decline in the fair value is due to credit loss factors and this valuation indicates that a credit loss exists, then the present value of cash flows is expected to be collected from the security is compared to the amortized cost basis of security. If the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for credit losses is recorded for the credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. The Company recorded tax exempt interest income totaling $1.7 million, $1.9 million, and $2.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Goodwill: Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the value assigned to tangible and identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed of business acquired. Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite life and is tested annually for impairment, or more frequently when certain conditions are met. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value, no further evaluation is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, further evaluation would be required to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value and determine if impairment is required. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and are to be used as the basis for measurement, when available. Other acceptable valuation methods include an asset approach, which determines a fair value based upon the value of assets net of liabilities, an income approach, which determines fair value using one or more methods that convert anticipated economic benefits into a present single amount, and a market approach, which determines a fair value based on the similar businesses that have been sold. If the fair value of our reporting unit does not exceed the market price of our stock, fair value of our reporting unit is derived using a combination of an asset approach, an income approach and a market approach as described above. These valuation techniques consider several other factors beyond our market capitalization, such as the estimated future cash flows of our reporting unit, the discount rate used to present value such cash flows and the market multiples of comparable companies. Changes to input assumptions used in the analysis could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment. We qualitatively assess whether the carrying value of our reporting unit exceeds fair value. If this qualitative assessment determines that it is more likely than not that the carrying value exceeds fair value, further qualitative evaluation for impairment would be required to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value and determine if impairment is required. In performing the goodwill impairment testing, the Company has identified a single reporting unit. The Company performed the qualitative assessment in reviewing the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31, 2021 and 2019, and the quantitative assessment as of December 31, 2020, concluding that there was no goodwill impairment in any period. At 83 December 31, 2021 and 2020, the carrying amount of goodwill totaled $17.6 million at each period. The identification of additional reporting units, the use of other valuation techniques and/or changes to input assumptions used in the analysis could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment. Loans: Loans are reported at their outstanding principal balance net of any unearned income, charge-offs, deferred loan fees and costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Loan fees and certain loan origination costs are deferred. Net loan origination costs and premiums or discounts on loans purchased are amortized into interest income over the contractual life of the loans using the level-yield method. Prepayment penalties received on loans which pay in full prior to their scheduled maturity are included in interest income in the period they are collected. Interest on loans is recognized on the accrual basis. Accrued interest receivable totaled $35.8 million and $41.5 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively and was reported in “Interest and dividends receivable” on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The accrual of income on loans is generally discontinued when certain factors, such as contractual delinquency of 90 days or more, indicate reasonable doubt as to the timely collectability of such income. Uncollected interest previously recognized on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income at the time the loan is placed on non-accrual status. A non-accrual loan can be returned to accrual status when contractual delinquency returns to less than 90 days delinquent. Payments received on non-accrual loans that do not bring the loan to less than 90 days delinquent are recorded on a cash basis. Payments can also be applied first as a reduction of principal until all principal is recovered and then subsequently to interest, if in management’s opinion, it is evident that recovery of all principal due is likely to occur. Pursuant to the CARES Act, loan modifications made between March 1, 2020 and the earlier of i) December 30, 2020 or ii) 60 days after the President declares a termination of the COVID-19 national emergency are not classified as TDRs if the related loans were not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019. On December 27, 2020, the CAA was signed into law, providing for, among other things, further suspension of the exception for loan modifications to not be classified as TDR if certain criteria are met, as described below. The Company has elected that loans temporarily modified for borrowers directly impacted by COVID-19 are not considered TDR, assuming the above criteria is met and as such, these loans are considered current and continue to accrue interest at its original contractual terms. Deferrals granted under the CARES Act are deemed in accrual status and interest income is accrued until the end of deferral period even if there are no payments being collected. When the forbearance period is over, borrowers are expected to resume contractual payments. The determination of whether a loan is past due is based on the modified terms of the agreement. Once the deferral period is over, the borrower will resume making payments and normal delinquency-based non-accrual policies will apply. Loans modified after December 31, 2021 are no longer eligible to be modified under the CARES Act or CAA. The Company recognizes a loan as non-performing when the borrower has demonstrated the inability to bring the loan current, or due to other circumstances which, in management’s opinion, indicate the borrower will be unable to bring the loan current within a reasonable time. All loans classified as non-performing, which includes all loans past due 90 days or more, are classified as non-accrual unless the loan is well secured and there is, in our opinion, compelling evidence the borrower will bring the loan current in the immediate future. Prior to a real estate secured loan becoming 90 days delinquent, an updated appraisal is ordered and/or an internal evaluation is prepared. The Company may purchase loans to supplement originations. Loan purchases are evaluated at the time of purchase to determine the appropriate accounting treatment. Performing loans purchased at a premium/discount are recorded at the purchase price with the premium/discount being amortized/accreted into interest income over the life of the loan. All loans purchased during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were performing loans that did not display credit deterioration from origination at the time of purchase and therefore, exclusive of the acquisition of Empire National Bank, were not considered impaired when purchased. The Company purchased loans totaling $262.1 million, $193.3 million, and $221.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. The Company sold loans totaling $27.4 million, $7.4 million, and $13.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. 84 Allowance for Credit Losses: The Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) is an estimate that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset to present the net carrying value at the amount expected to be collected on the financial assets. Loans are charged off against that ACL when management believes that a loan balance is uncollectable based on quarterly analysis of credit risk. The amount of the ACL is based upon a loss rate model that considers multiple factors which reflects management’s assessment of the credit quality of the loan portfolio. Management estimates the allowance balance using relevant information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The factors are both quantitative and qualitative in nature including, but not limited to, historical losses, economic conditions, trends in delinquencies, value and adequacy of underlying collateral, volume and portfolio mix, and internal loan processes. The quantitative allowance is calculated using a number of inputs and assumptions. The results of this process, support management’s assessment as to the adequacy of the ACL at each balance sheet date. The process for calculating the allowance for credit losses begins with our historical losses by portfolio segment. The losses are then incorporated into reasonable and supportable forecast to develop the quantitative component of the allowance for credit losses. The Bank has established an Asset Classification Committee which carefully evaluates loans which are past due 90 days and/or are classified. The Asset Classification Committee thoroughly assesses the condition and circumstances surrounding each loan meeting the criteria. The Bank also has a Delinquency Committee that evaluates loans meeting specific criteria. The Bank’s loan policy requires loans to be placed into non-accrual status once the loan becomes 90 days delinquent unless there is, compelling evidence the borrower will bring the loan current in the immediate future. For the quantitative measurement, the Company’s portfolio consists of mortgage loans secured by real estate (both commercial and retail) and non-mortgage loans, which are primarily commercial business term loans and line of credit. Based on the Company’s evaluation of the loan portfolio, listed below are the pools that were established as a baseline level of segmentation with their primary risk factor. The Company confirms this data remains relevant in absence of changes to the composition of the portfolio. The mortgage portfolio is a substantial component of Company’s portfolio and it is a focus of the Company’s lending strategy, primarily focusing on multi-family and commercial real estate. While the mortgage portfolio consists of real-estate secured loans, the source of repayment and types of properties securing these loans varies and thus the Company first considered these differences as follows: One-to-four family residential property – These loans are secured by residential properties for which the primary source of repayment is the income generated by the residential borrower. Delinquency status is considered a risk factor in this pool. One-to-four family mixed use – These loans are secured by residential properties for which the primary source of repayment is the income generated by the property. Unlike the one-to-four residential credits, properties securing mixed use loans include a commercial space component. Delinquency status is considered a risk factor in this pool. Multi-family residential – These loans are secured by multi-unit residential buildings for which the primary source of repayment is the income generated by the property. Properties securing multi-family loans have five or more residential units and thus a greater number of cash flow streams compared to one-to-four mixed use loans. Delinquency status and risk rating are considered risk factors in this pool. Commercial real estate (CRE) – These loans are secured by properties for commercial use for which the primary source of repayment is the income generated by the property. Delinquency status, risk rating and collateral type are considered risk factors in this pool. 85 Construction – These loans are provided to fund construction projects for both residential and commercial properties. These loans are inherently different from all others as they represent “work in progress” and expose the Company to risk from non-completion and less recovery value should the sponsor of an unfinished property default. Delinquency status and risk rating are considered risk factors in this pool. Relative to the non-mortgage portfolio, the Company considered the following categories as a baseline for evaluation: Commercial Business – These loans are not typically secured by real estate. The primary source of repayment is cash flows from operations of the borrower’s business. Within this category are SBA credits and equipment finance credits. Delinquency status, risk rating and industry are considered a risk factors in this pool. Commercial Business secured by real estate – These loans are secured by properties used by the borrower for commercial use where the primary source of repayment is expected to be the income generated by the borrower’s business use of the property. As a result of the Coronavirus pandemic and the strain placed upon many businesses, the Company recognized in circumstances where the borrower is not performing, the real estate collateral would be the source of repayment. The Company considers these credits to be less risky than commercial business loans, however, riskier than commercial real estate loans. Delinquency status, risk rating and industry are considered risk factors in this pool. Taxi Medallions – These loans consist primarily of loans made to New York taxi medallion owners and are secured by liens on the taxi medallions. No new taxi medallions have been originated since 2014, the remaining portfolio has been charged-off in 2021. Overdrafts – These are unsecured consumer lines of credits and are an immaterial component of the Company’s portfolio. For the qualitative measurement, the Company aggregated the portfolio segments according to three business units: business banking, residential and commercial real estate. In accordance with the interagency statement and SEC guidance, Management evaluates nine qualitative risk factors to determine if the risk is captured elsewhere in the ACL process. If not captured elsewhere, the Company has identified specific risk factors to evaluate and incorporate into its Qualitative Framework. Some risk factors include time to maturity, origination loan-to-value, loan type composition, the value of underlying collateral, changes in policies and procedures for lending strategies and underwriting standards, collection and recovery practices, internal credit review, changes in personnel, divergence between the levels of NYC and national unemployment, divergence between the NYC GDP and national GDP, industry concentrations and riskiness and large borrower concentrations. The Company recorded a (benefit) provision for credit losses on loans totaling ($4.9) million, $22.6 million, and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The decrease in the provision in 2021 was primarily due to improving economic conditions. The Company specifies both the reasonable and supportable forecast and reversion periods in three economic conditions (expansion, transition, contraction). The Company made an adjustment to decrease the reasonable and supportable forecast period and increase the reversion period to adjust for the model using a more favorable forecast based on national statistics compared to the Bank’s primary market area, the New York Tri- State area, where economic improvements lag behind the nation. The Company may restructure loans that are not directly impacted by COVID-19 to enable a borrower experiencing financial difficulties to continue making payments when it is deemed to be in the Company’s best long-term interest. This restructure may include reducing the interest rate or amount of the monthly payment for a specified period of time, after which the interest rate and repayment terms revert to the original terms of the loan. We classify these loans as TDR. These restructurings have not included a reduction of principal balance. The Company believes that restructuring these loans in this manner will allow certain borrowers to become and remain current on their loans. All loans classified as TDR are individually evaluated, however TDR loans which have been current for six consecutive months at the time they are restructured as TDR remain on accrual status and are not included as part of non-performing loans. Loans which 86 were delinquent at the time they are restructured as a TDR are placed on non-accrual status and reported as non-accrual performing TDR loans until they have made timely payments for six consecutive months. These restructurings have not included a reduction of principal balance. Purchased Financial Assets with Credit Deterioration: Purchased financial assets with credit deterioration (“PCD”) assets are acquired in an acquisition and which have experienced more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. PCD assets are initially recognized at their amortized cost with an allowance for expected credit losses. The difference between the amortized cost less the allowance for credit losses and the purchase price is recognized as a non-credit discount, which is accreted into interest income over the life of the loans using the level yield method. At October 30, 2020, the Company acquired PCD assets with a fair value totaling $286.1 million. The Company recorded Day 1 ACL of $4.1 million resulting from PCD loans. Loans Held for Sale: Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no loans classified as held for sale. Bank Owned Life Insurance: Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents life insurance on the lives of certain current and past employees who have provided positive consent allowing the Company to be the beneficiary of such policies. BOLI is carried in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at its cash surrender value. Increases in the cash value of the policies, as well as proceeds received, are recorded in other non-interest income, and are not subject to income taxes. During 2021, the Company purchased BOLI totaling $25.0 million. There were no purchases during 2020. Other Real Estate Owned: Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) consists of property acquired through foreclosure. At the time of foreclosure these properties are acquired at fair value and subsequently carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling costs. The fair value is based on appraised value through a current appraisal, or at times through an internal review, additionally adjusted by the estimated costs to sell the property. This determination is made on an individual asset basis. If the fair value of a property is less than the carrying amount of the loan, the difference is recognized as a charge to the ACL. Further decreases to the estimated value will be recorded directly to the Consolidated Statements of Income. Included within net loans as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, was $8.7 million and $5.9 million, respectively, of consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we did not hold any OREO. Bank Premises and Equipment: Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost, less depreciation accumulated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, recorded in Depreciation and amortization of bank premises and equipment in the Consolidated Statements of Income. For equipment and furniture the useful life is between 3 to 10 years. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bank leased all branches and its executive offices. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases or the lives of the assets, whichever is shorter. Maintenance, repairs and minor improvements are charged to non-interest expense in the period incurred. 87 Federal Home Loan Bank Stock: The FHLB-NY has assigned to the Company a mandated membership stock ownership requirement, based on its asset size. In addition, for all borrowing activity, the Company is required to purchase shares of FHLB-NY non-marketable capital stock at par. Such shares are redeemed by FHLB-NY at par with reductions in the Company’s borrowing levels. The Company carries its investment in FHLB-NY stock at historical cost. The Company periodically reviews its FHLB- NY stock to determine if impairment exists. At December 31, 2021, the Company considered among other things the earnings performance, credit rating and asset quality of the FHLB-NY. Based on this review, the Company did not consider the value of our investment in FHLB-NY stock to be impaired at December 31, 2021. Income Taxes: Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the asset and liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between book and tax basis of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities. A deferred tax liability is recognized on all taxable temporary differences and a deferred tax asset is recognized on all deductible temporary differences and operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. A valuation allowance is recognized to reduce the potential deferred tax asset, if it is “more likely than not” that all or some portion of that potential deferred tax asset will not be realized. Uncertain tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold are measured to determine the amount to recognize. An uncertain tax position is measured at the amount that management believes has a greater than 50% likelihood of realization upon settlement. The Company must also take into account changes in tax laws or rates when valuing the deferred income tax amounts it carries on its Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Stock Compensation Plans: The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation using a fair-value-based measurement method for share- based payment transactions with employees and directors. The Company measures the cost of employee and directors services received in exchange for an award of an equity instrument based on the grant date fair value of the award. That cost is recognized over the period during which the employee and directors are required to provide services in exchange for the award. The requisite service period is usually the vesting period. Forfeitures are recorded in the period they occur. Benefit Plans: The Company sponsors a qualified pension, 401(k), and profit sharing plan for its employees. The Company also sponsors postretirement health care and life insurance benefits plans for its employees, a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for certain senior officers, and a non-qualified pension plan for its outside directors. The Company recognizes the funded status of a benefit plan – measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the benefit obligation – in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, with the unrecognized credits and charges recognized, net of taxes, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. These credits or charges arose as a result of gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arose during prior periods but were not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost. Treasury Stock: The Company records treasury stock at cost. Treasury stock is reissued at average cost. Derivatives: Derivatives are recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at fair value on a gross basis in “Other assets” and/or “Other liabilities”. The accounting for changes in value of a derivative depends on the type of hedge and on whether or not the transaction has been designated and qualifies for hedge accounting. Derivatives that are not designated as hedges are reported and measured at fair value through earnings and included in Net gain (loss) from fair value adjustments on the Consolidated Statements of Income. 88 To qualify for hedge accounting, a derivative must be highly effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged. In addition, for a derivative to be designated as a hedge, the risk management objective and strategy must be documented. Hedge documentation must identify the derivative hedging instrument, the asset or liability or forecasted transaction and type of risk to be hedged, and how the effectiveness of the derivative is assessed prospectively and retrospectively. The extent to which a derivative has been, and is expected to continue to be, effective at offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item must be assessed at least quarterly. For cash flow hedges, the changes in the fair value of the derivative is recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax, and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the hedged transaction effects earnings. For fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, is recognized in earnings on the same line as hedged item. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective at hedging the designated exposure, hedge accounting is discontinued. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are disclosed in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows within operating activities in the line items Fair value adjustments for financial assets and financial liabilities and Net (gain) loss from fair value adjustments on qualifying hedges. Leases: The Company determines whether an arrangement contains a lease at inception. An arrangement contains a lease if it implicitly or explicitly identifies an asset to be used and conveys the right to control the use of the identified asset in exchange for consideration. As a lessee, we recognize include operating right-of-use (“ROU”) leases in Right of use asset and operating lease liabilities in Operating lease liability on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized upon commencement of the lease based on the present value of the lease payments over the lease term. As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit interest rate, we generally use the Company’s incremental borrowing rate based on the estimated rate of interest for fully collateralized and fully amortizing borrowings over a similar term of the lease payments at commencement date to determine the present value of lease payments. When readily determinable, we use the implicit rate. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company has elected the short-term lease recognition exemption such that the Company will not recognize Right of use assets (“ROU”) or lease liabilities for leases with a term of less than 12 months from the commencement date. The Company’s operating lease expense for building and equipment rental totaled $8.6 million, $7.7 million, and $7.6 million and was recorded in Occupancy and equipment on the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 respectively. The Company’s operating lease expense for vehicles totaled $0.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 respectively, was recorded in Other Operation Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company has agreements that qualify as a short-term leases with expense totaling $0.2 million, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, included in Professional services on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company’s variable lease payments, which include insurance and real estate tax expenses was recorded in Occupancy and equipment on the Consolidated Statements of Income and totaled $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. At December 31, 2021, the weighted-average remaining lease term for our operating leases is approximately seven years and the weighted average discount rate is 3.1%. Our lease agreements do not contain any residual value guarantees. Certain leases have escalation clauses for operating expenses and real estate taxes. The Company’s non- cancelable operating lease agreements expire through 2036. Comprehensive Income: Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes (i) unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale and reclassification adjustments for 89 realized gains and losses on securities available for sale; (ii) unrealized gains and losses on derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships and reclassifications of deferred gains and losses when the hedge item impacts earnings; (iii) adjustments to net periodic pension costs; and (iv) changes in the fair value of instrument-specific credit risk from the Company’s liabilities carried at fair value pursuant to the fair value option. Segment Reporting: Management views the Company as operating as a single unit, a community bank. Therefore, segment information is not provided. Advertising Expense: Costs associated with advertising are expensed as incurred. The Company recorded advertising expenses of $2.5 million, $1.8 million, and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, recorded in the professional services in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Earnings per Common Share: Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the total weighted average number of common shares outstanding, which includes unvested participating securities. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and as such are included in the calculation of earnings per share. The Company’s unvested restricted stock unit awards are considered participating securities. Therefore, weighted average common shares outstanding used for computing basic earnings per common share includes common shares outstanding plus unvested restricted stock unit awards. The computation of diluted earnings per share includes the additional dilutive effect of stock options outstanding and other common stock equivalents during the period. Common stock equivalents that are anti- dilutive are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share. The numerator for calculating basic and diluted earnings per common share is net income available to common shareholders. The shares held in the Company’s Employee Benefit Trust are not included in shares outstanding for purposes of calculating earnings per common share. Earnings per common share have been computed based on the following, for the years ended December 31: Net income, as reported Divided by: Weighted average common shares outstanding Weighted average common stock equivalents Total weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents Basic earnings per common share Diluted earnings per common share Dividend Payout ratio 2021 2020 (In thousands, except per share data) $ 41,279 $ 34,674 $ 81,793 2019 31,550 — 29,301 — 28,709 — $ $ 31,550 $ 2.59 2.59 $ 32.4 % 29,301 $ 1.18 1.18 $ 71.2 % 28,709 1.44 1.44 58.3 % There were no options that were anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. 3. Business Combination On October 30, 2020, the Company completed its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding voting and non-voting shares of Empire Bancorp, Inc. (“Empire”). In connection with the transaction, Empire National Bank (“Empire Bank”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Empire, merged with and into Flushing Bank, with Flushing Bank as the surviving entity. 90 The shareholders of Empire received total consideration of $87.5 million which consisted of $54.8 million in cash and 2,557,028 shares of Flushing Financial Corporation common stock. The merger was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The excess of the fair value of the consideration paid over the preliminary net fair value of Empire’s assets and liabilities resulted in recognition of goodwill totaling $1.5 million, none of which is deductible for tax purposes. Upon closing of the merger, the Company’s assets increased by $982.7 million and four new branch locations were added, which expanded our presence on Long Island with having entrance to Suffolk County. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the merger were recorded at their estimated fair values based on management’s best estimates, using the information available at the date of merger, including the use of third party valuation specialists. The fair values are subject to adjustment for up to one year after the closing date of the transaction. There were no adjustments made from the original estimates recorded. The following table summarizes the consideration paid: (Dollars in thousands) Consideration Paid : Company stock issued ( 2,557,028 shares ) Cash payment Total consideration paid Amount $ $ 32,705 54,836 87,541 The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed at October 30, 2020: (Dollars in thousands) Assets acquired: Cash and Cash Equivalents Securities available for sale Net loans Interest and dividends receivable Bank premises and equipment, net Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost Bank owned life insurance Core deposit Intangibles Right of use asset Other assets Liabilities assumed: Due to depositors: Non-interest bearing Interest-bearing Mortgagors' escrow deposits Borrowed funds Operating lease liability Other liabilities Goodwill recorded 91 Amount 86,340 159,369 669,682 5,394 3,203 1,135 21,992 3,280 9,993 22,300 982,688 169,496 685,393 6,406 21,215 11,039 3,108 896,657 1,509 $ $ $ $                                                         Investments were measured upon quoted market prices, where available. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities and adjusted for differences between the quoted instrument and the instrument being valued. Loans acquired were recorded at fair value and subsequently accounted for, as described in Note 2 (“Significant Accounting Policies”). The fair values of the loans were estimated utilizing the cash flow projections based on the remaining maturities and repricing terms. Cash flows were adjusted for estimated future credit losses and estimated prepayments. Projected cash flows were then discounted to present value, utilizing the Company’s CECL model. The Company recorded Day 1 ACL of $4.1 million resulting from PCD loans and non credit discount of $7.6 million. Core deposit intangibles (“CDI”) were recorded at fair value estimated based on discounted cash flow methodology that gave appropriate consideration to expected client attrition rates, cost of deposit base, reserve requirements, net maintenance cost attributable to client deposits and an estimate of the cost associated with alternative funding sources. The discount rates used for CDI assets are based on market rates. The CDI is being amortized over 10 years based upon the estimated economic benefit received using sum of months digit method. Deposits were recorded at fair value calculated based on discounted cash flow calculation using the current interest rate being offered to the contractual interest rates on such deposits. Long-term debt was recorded at fair value based on current incremental borrowing rates for similar type of instruments. 4. Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses The composition of loans is as follows at December 31: Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family ― mixed-use property One-to-four family ― residential Co-operative apartments Construction Small Business Administration (1) Taxi medallion Commercial business and other Gross loans Net unamortized premiums and unearned loan fees Total loans, net of fees and costs 2021 2020 (In thousands) $ 2,517,026 $ 2,533,952 1,754,754 602,981 245,211 8,051 83,322 167,376 2,757 1,303,225 6,701,629 3,045 $ 6,638,105 $ 6,704,674 1,775,629 571,795 268,255 8,316 59,761 93,811 — 1,339,273 6,633,866 4,239 (1) Includes $77.4 million, and $151.9 million of SBA Payment Protection Program (“SBA PPP”) loans at December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively. 92 The majority of our loan portfolio is invested in multi-family residential, commercial real estate and commercial business and other loans, which totaled 84.9% and 83.4% of our gross loans at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our concentration in these types of loans increases the overall level of credit risk inherent in our loan portfolio. The greater risk associated with these types of loans could require us to increase our allowance and provision for credit losses and to maintain an ACL as a percentage of total loans in excess of the allowance currently maintained. In addition to our loan portfolio, at December 31, 2021, we were servicing $34.1 million of loans for others. Loans secured by multi-family residential property and commercial real estate generally involve a greater degree of risk than residential mortgage loans and generally carry larger loan balances. The increased credit risk is the result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a smaller number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing properties and the increased difficulty in evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore, the repayments of loans secured by these types of properties are typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related property, which is usually owned by a legal entity with the property being the entity’s only asset. If the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. If the borrower defaults, our only remedy may be to foreclose on the property, for which the market value may be less than the balance due on the related mortgage loan. Loans secured by commercial business and other loans involve a greater degree of risk for the same reasons as for multi-family residential and commercial real estate loans with the added risk that many of the loans are not secured by improved properties. To minimize the risks involved in the origination of multi-family residential, commercial real estate and commercial business and other loans, the Company adheres to defined underwriting standards, which include reviewing the expected net operating income generated by the real estate collateral securing the loan, the age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of the borrower and the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar properties. We typically require debt service coverage of at least 125% of the monthly loan payment. We generally originate these loans up to a maximum of 75% of the appraised value or the purchase price of the property, whichever is less. Any loan with a final loan-to-value ratio in excess of 75% must be approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors or the Loan Committee as an exception to policy. We generally rely on the income generated by the property as the primary means by which the loan is repaid. However, personal guarantees may be obtained for additional security from these borrowers. Additionally, for commercial business and other loans which are not secured by improved properties, the Bank will secure these loans with business assets, including accounts receivables, inventory and real estate and generally require personal guarantees. The following tables show loans modified and classified as TDR during the periods indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Commercial business and other Total For the year ended December 31, 2021 Number Balance Modification description 3 $ 3 $ 702 Loan amortization extension. 702 (Dollars in thousands) Commercial real estate One-to-four family - mixed-use property Total Modification description Loan received a below market interest rate and had an amortization extension 7,583 270 Loan received a below market interest rate. 7,853 For the year ended December 31, 2020 Number Balance 1 $ 1 2 $ 93 (Dollars in thousands) Commercial business and other Total For the year ended December 31, 2019 Number Balance Modification description 3 $ 3 $ 951 Loan amortization extension. 951 The recorded investment of the loans modified and classified as TDR, presented in the tables above, were unchanged as there was no principal forgiven in these modifications. In 2020, there were seven loans that were acquired as TDR in the Empire acquisition totaling $3.5 million. The following table shows our recorded investment for loans classified as TDR at amortized cost that are performing according to their restructured terms at the periods indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family - mixed-use property One-to-four family - residential Commercial business and other Total performing (Dollars in thousands) Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family - mixed-use property One-to-four family - residential Taxi medallion Commercial business and other Total performing December 31, 2021 Number of contracts Amortized Cost 6 1 5 3 5 20 $ $ 1,690 7,572 1,636 483 1,381 12,762 December 31, 2020 Number of contracts Amortized Cost 6 1 5 3 2 8 25 $ $ 1,700 7,702 1,731 507 440 3,831 15,911 The following table shows our recorded investment for loans classified as TDR at amortized cost that are not performing according to their restructured terms at the periods indicated. The Company did not have any loans classified as TDR at amortized cost that was not performing according to their restructured terms at December 31, 2021. (Dollars in thousands) Taxi medallion Commercial business and other Total TDR's that subsequently defaulted December 31, 2020 Number of contracts Recorded investment 11 1 12 $ $ 1,922 279 2,201 During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 there were no defaults of TDR loans within 12 months of their modification date. 94 The following tables show our non-accrual loans at amortized cost with no related allowance and interest income recognized for loans ninety days or more past due and still accruing for periods shown below: At or for the year December 31, 2021 Non- accrual amortized cost beginning of the reporting period Non- accrual amortized cost ending of the reporting period Non- accrual with no related Interest income (In thousands) Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family - mixed-use property (1) One-to-four family - residential Small Business Administration Taxi medallion(2) Commercial business and other(1) Total $ $ 2,576 $ 1,766 1,706 1,168 2,758 5,660 20,947 $ 2,652 $ 640 1,582 7,482 952 — 1,945 15,253 $ allowance 2,652 $ 640 1,582 7,482 952 — 305 13,613 $ recognized 19 $ — 6 1 — — 78 104 $ (1) 31, 2021. Commercial business and other contains a non-accrual performing TDR totaling less than $0.1 million at December 31, 2021. Included in the above analysis are non-accrual performing TDR one-to-four family – mixed-use property totaling $0.3 million at December (2) Taxi Medallion loans were completely charged off during the year ended December 31, 2021. At or for the year December 31, 2020 Non- accrual amortized cost beginning of the reporting period Non- accrual amortized cost ending of the reporting period Non- accrual with no related Interest income (In thousands) Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family - mixed-use property (1) One-to-four family - residential Small Business Administration Taxi medallion(1) Commercial business and other(1) Total $ $ 2,723 $ 2,714 1,704 9,992 1,169 2,318 7,406 28,026 $ 2,576 $ 1,766 1,706 5,313 1,168 2,758 5,660 20,947 $ allowance 2,576 $ 1,766 1,706 5,313 1,168 2,758 1,593 16,880 $ recognized — $ — — — — — 58 58 $ Loans ninety days or more past due and still accruing: — — — — — — — — Loans ninety days or more past due and still accruing: 201 2,547 — — — — — 2,748 (1) Included in the above analysis are non-accrual performing TDR one-to-four family – mixed-use property totaling $0.3 million, non-accrual performing TDR taxi medallion loans totaling $0.4 million and non-accrual performing TDR commercial business loans totaling $2.2 million at December 31, 2020. 95 The following is a summary of interest foregone on non-accrual loans and loans classified as TDR for the years ended December 31: Interest income that would have been recognized had the loans performed in accordance with their original terms Less: Interest income included in the results of operations Total foregone interest $ $ 1,691 $ 620 1,071 $ 1,845 $ 412 1,433 $ 1,546 418 1,128 The following tables shows the aging of the amortized cost basis in past-due loans at the period indicated by class of loans at December 31, 2021: 2021 2020 (In thousands) 2019 (in thousands) Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family ― mixed-use property One-to-four family ― residential Co-operative apartments Construction Small Business Administration Commercial business and other Total $ Greater than Total Past 30 - 59 Days 60 - 89 Days Past Due $ Past Due 3,652 $ 5,743 90 Days Due Total Loans 4,193 $ 2,652 $ 10,497 $ 2,508,730 $ 2,519,227 1,777,375 Current 1,770,992 6,383 640 — 2,319 163 — — — 101 11,978 $ — 224 — — — 40 574,936 269,496 8,316 59,473 91,836 1,337,446 4,457 $ 14,433 $ 30,869 $ 6,607,236 $ 6,638,105 571,296 261,626 8,316 59,473 90,884 1,335,919 1,321 7,482 — — 952 1,386 3,640 7,870 — — 952 1,527 The following table shows by delinquency an analysis of our recorded investment in loans at December 31, 2020: (in thousands) Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family ― mixed-use property One-to-four family ― residential Co-operative apartments Construction Small Business Administration Taxi medallion Commercial business and other Total $ Greater than Total Past 30 - 59 Days 60 - 89 Days Past Due $ Past Due 7,582 $ 17,903 90 Days Due Total Loans 3,186 $ 2,777 $ 13,545 $ 2,522,432 $ 2,535,977 1,758,384 5,123 Current 1,731,045 27,339 4,313 5,673 3,087 — 750 1,823 — 129 36,947 $ 606,885 1,132 244,640 805 8,051 — — 83,161 165,570 — 2,597 — 1,299,409 1,273 11,519 $ 18,915 $ 67,381 $ 6,637,293 $ 6,704,674 598,647 235,435 8,051 82,411 162,579 279 1,296,414 1,433 5,313 — — 1,168 2,318 1,593 8,238 9,205 — 750 2,991 2,318 2,995 96 The following tables show the activity in the allowance for credit losses for the periods indicated: For the year ended December 31, 2021 One-to-four family - Multi-family Commercial mixed-use property residential real estate One-to-four family - residential Co-operative Construction Small Business loans apartments Administration medallion Taxi Commercial business and other Total (in thousands) Allowance for credit losses: Beginning balance Charge-off's Recoveries Provision (benefit) $ Ending balance $ (in thousands) Allowance for credit losses: Beginning balance Impact of CECL Adoption Impact of Day 1 PCD - Empire Acquisition Charge-off's Recoveries Provision (benefit) Ending balance $ (in thousands) Allowance for credit losses: Beginning balance Charge-off's Recoveries Provision (benefit) Ending balance $ 6,557 $ (43) 10 1,661 8,185 $ 8,327 $ (64) — (1,105) 7,158 $ 1,986 $ (33) 133 (331) 1,755 $ 869 $ — 157 (242) 784 $ — $ — — — — $ 497 $ — — (311) 186 $ For the year ended December 31, 2020 — $ 2,251 $ — 34 (1,076) 1,209 $ (2,758) 1,457 1,301 — $ 24,666 $ 45,153 (5,134) (2,236) 2,015 224 (4,796) (4,899) 17,858 $ 37,135 One-to-four family - Multi-family Commercial mixed-use property residential real estate One-to-four family - residential Co-operative Construction Small Business loans apartments Administration medallion Taxi Commercial business and other Total $ 5,391 $ 4,429 $ 1,817 $ 756 $ — $ 441 $ 363 $ — $ 8,554 $ 21,751 (650) 1,170 (55) (160) — (279) 1,180 — (827) 379 444 — 38 1,334 6,557 $ 587 — — 2,141 8,327 $ 183 (3) 138 (94) 1,986 $ 158 — 12 103 869 $ — — — — — $ 20 — — 315 497 $ 278 (178) 70 538 2,251 $ 124 (1,075) — 951 — $ 4,099 2,305 (4,005) (2,749) 366 108 17,275 22,563 24,666 $ 45,153 For the year ended December 31, 2019 One-to-four family - Multi-family Commercial mixed-use property residential real estate One-to-four family - residential Co-operative Construction Small Business loans apartments Administration medallion Taxi Commercial business and other Total $ 5,676 $ (190) 44 (139) 5,391 $ 4,315 $ — 37 77 4,429 $ 1,867 $ (89) 197 (158) 1,817 $ 749 $ (113) 13 107 756 $ — $ — — — — $ 329 $ — — 112 441 $ 418 $ — 60 (115) 363 $ — $ — 134 (134) — $ 7,591 $ 20,945 (2,778) (2,386) 773 288 3,061 2,811 8,554 $ 21,751 In accordance with our policy and the current regulatory guidelines, we designate loans as “Special Mention,” which are considered “Criticized Loans,” and “Substandard,” “Doubtful,” or “Loss,” which are considered “Classified Loans”. If a loan does not fall within one of the previous mentioned categories and management believes weakness is evident then we designate the loan as “Watch”, all other loans would be considered “Pass.” Loans that are non-accrual are designated as Substandard, Doubtful, or Loss. These loan designations are updated quarterly. We designate a loan as Substandard when a well-defined weakness is identified that may jeopardize the orderly liquidation of the debt. We designate a loan Doubtful when it displays the inherent weakness of a Substandard loan with the added provision that collection of the debt in full, on the basis of existing facts, is highly improbable. We designate a loan as Loss if it is deemed the debtor is incapable of repayment. The Company does not hold any loans designated as Loss, as loans that are designated as Loss are charged to the Allowance for Credit Losses. We designate a loan as Special Mention if the asset does not warrant classification within one of the other classifications, but contains a potential weakness that deserves closer attention. Loans that are in forbearance pursuant to the CARES Act or CAA generally continued to be reported in the same category as they were reported immediately prior to modification. 97 The following table summarizes the risk category of mortgage and non-mortgage loans by loan portfolio segments and class of loans by year of origination: For the year ended $ $ $ $ 2021 — $ 2018 2017 2019 2020 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 300 — — 680 — — — — 523 1,119 — — 4,197 — — 2,446 — — 1,249 — 1,119 9,659 — — 3,632 — — 9,630 — — — — 1,841 4,524 — — 4,524 $ 1,993 $ 4,033 856 873 7,755 $ $ 314,345 $ 236,768 $ 330,360 $ 426,016 $ 347,616 $ $ 188,980 $ 161,570 $ 252,976 $ 259,257 $ 180,992 $ $ 45,767 $ 35,397 $ 68,349 $ 74,057 $ 56,310 $ $ 45,767 $ 35,397 $ 68,349 $ 74,580 $ 56,990 $ 5,022 $ 11,515 $ 14,800 $ — — — 5,022 $ 11,515 $ 14,800 $ 8,917 $ 30,674 $ 48,238 $ 32,105 $ 24,550 $ 727 — — 9,217 $ 30,674 $ 48,965 $ 33,946 $ 26,918 $ (In thousands) 1-4 Family Residential Pass Watch Special Mention Substandard Total 1-4 Family Residential 1-4 Family Mixed-Use Pass Watch Special Mention Substandard Total 1-4 Family Mixed Use Commercial Real Estate Pass Watch Special Mention Substandard Total Commercial Real Estate $ 193,177 $ 165,202 $ 262,635 $ 268,887 $ 183,438 $ Construction Pass Watch Special Mention Substandard Total Construction Multi-family Pass Watch Special Mention Substandard Total Multi-family Commercial Business - Secured by RE Pass Watch Special Mention Substandard Total Commercial Business - Secured by RE Commercial Business Pass Watch Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Commercial Business Small Business Administration Pass Watch Special Mention Substandard Total Small Business Administration Other Pass Total Other Total Loans Total Pass Total Watch Total Special Mention Total Substandard Total Doubtful Total Loans $ 127,543 $ 50,439 $ 68,031 $ 67,520 $ 26,589 $ 22,531 — 31 — $ 176,376 $ 92,336 $ 38,215 $ 45,348 $ 22,644 $ 51,300 591 — $ 176,376 $ 115,214 $ 90,106 $ 64,033 $ 34,790 $ $ 315,464 $ 238,873 $ 334,068 $ 441,121 $ 348,770 $ $ 129,157 $ 58,386 $ 90,593 $ 91,595 $ 63,191 $ 1,529 $ 2,578 — — 729 $ 57 — — 21,344 2,423 308 — 68,450 4,076 5,673 — 87,982 591 31 — 29,314 2,351 4,897 — 31,819 40 4,743 — 56,083 40 6,814 — 1,668 1,382 4,897 — 1,596 18 — — 7,212 18 — — $ 63,695 $ 17,034 $ $ 63,695 $ 17,034 $ 12,180 797 2,128 18,685 — — 22,878 — — 12,146 — — 1,136 969 — 3,708 — — 2,065 — 952 1,154 — — — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — — — — — — — — — 3,644 $ 4,107 $ $ $ 786 $ 627 $ Revolving Loans, Amortized Cost Basis Lines of Credit converted to term loans Total Prior 94,407 $ 1,129 130 3,935 99,601 $ 286,040 $ 5,371 1,130 1,312 293,853 $ 632,138 $ 70,051 794 1,053 704,036 $ — $ — — — — $ 823,451 $ 7,702 3,021 742 834,916 $ 92,725 $ 46,279 — 3,609 11,141 $ — — — 11,141 $ 15,798 $ 562 224 766 17,350 $ 265,830 3,967 354 7,661 277,812 — $ — — — — $ — $ — — — — $ 15,857 $ — — — 15,857 $ 5,864 $ — — 151 6,015 $ — $ — — — — $ 565,920 6,051 1,130 1,835 574,936 — $ 1,675,913 99,615 — 794 — — 1,053 — $ 1,777,375 — $ — — — — $ 49,187 8,557 856 873 59,473 — $ 2,484,420 26,999 — 4,787 — — 3,021 — $ 2,519,227 — $ — — — — $ — — — 467,644 151,288 591 3,609 142,613 $ — $ — $ 623,132 37,016 $ 15 — 400 — 37,431 $ 1,693 $ 824 48 5 217,110 $ 11,199 13,534 890 1,081 243,814 $ — $ — — — — $ — — — — — $ 594,248 90,172 17,397 11,269 1,081 714,167 — $ — — — 85,307 5,524 48 957 2,570 $ — $ — $ 91,836 51 $ 51 $ 96 $ 96 $ — $ — $ 147 147 131,371 5,123 11,056 — 250,068 $ 11,199 13,534 1,041 1,081 276,923 $ 15,798 $ 6,188,616 392,173 25,957 30,278 1,081 17,350 $ 6,638,105 562 224 766 — $ 930,645 $ 635,733 $ 821,698 $ 907,825 $ 659,328 $ 1,967,521 $ $ 937,875 $ 672,295 $ 910,302 $ 986,024 $ 722,265 $ 2,115,071 $ 98 The following table presents types of collateral-dependent loans by class of loan: December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 Collateral Type (In thousands) Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family - mixed-use property One-to-four family - residential Small Business Administration Commercial business and other Taxi Medallion Total Off-Balance Sheet Credit Losses Real Estate $ 2,652 $ 1,158 1,582 7,482 — — — 12,874 $ Business Assets Real Estate Business Assets — — — — 1,168 3,482 2,758 7,408 2,576 $ 2,994 1,706 5,313 — — — 12,589 $ — $ — — — 952 1,427 — 2,379 $ $ Also included within scope of the CECL standard are off-balance sheet loan commitments, which includes the unfunded portion of committed lines of credit and commitments “in-process”. Commitments “in‐process” reflect loans not in the Company’s books but rather negotiated loan / line of credit terms and rates that the Company has offered to customers and is committed to honoring. In reference to “in‐process” credits, the Company defines an unfunded commitment as a credit that has been offered to and accepted by a borrower, which has not closed and by which the obligation is not unconditionally cancellable. The Company estimates expected credit losses over the contractual period in which the company is exposed to credit risk through a contractual obligation to extend credit, unless that obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet exposures is adjusted as a provision for credit loss expense. The Company uses similar assumptions and risk factors that are developed for collectively evaluated financing receivables. This estimates includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments to be funded over its estimated life. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, allowance for off-balance-sheet credit losses was $1.2 million and $1.8 million, respectively, which is included the “Other liabilities” on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. During the year ended December 31, 2021, and 2020 the Company has ($0.6) million and $1.3 million, respectively, in credit loss (benefit) expense for off-balance-sheet items, which is included in the “Other operating expenses” on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The following table presents the activity in the allowance for off balance sheet credit losses: (In thousands) Balance at beginning of period Off-Balance Sheet - CECL Adoption Off-Balance Sheet- Provision (benefit) Allowance for Off-Balance Sheet - Credit losses (1) For the year ended December 31, 2021 2020 1,815 — (606) 1,209 $ — 553 1,262 1,815 $ $ (1) Included in “Other liabilities” on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. 99            5. Loans held for sale At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company did not have any loans held for sale. The Company has implemented a strategy of selling certain delinquent and non-performing loans. Once the Company has decided to sell a loan, the sale usually closes in a short period of time, generally within the same quarter. Loans designated held for sale are reclassified from loans held for investment to loans held for sale. Terms of sale include cash due upon the closing of the sale, no contingencies or recourse to the Company and servicing is released to the buyer. Additionally, at times the Company may sell participating interests in performing loans. The following tables show loans sold during the period indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Delinquent and non-performing loans Multi-family residential Commercial One-to-four family - mixed-use property Total (Dollars in thousands) Delinquent and non-performing loans Multi-family residential One-to-four family - mixed-use property Total Performing loans Commercial business and other Small Business Administration Total (Dollars in thousands) Delinquent and non-performing loans Multi-family residential Commercial real estate One-to-four family - mixed-use property Commercial business and other Total Performing loans Small Business Administration Total For the year ended December 31, 2021 Loans sold Proceeds Net charge-offs Net gain (loss) 13 $ 4 16 33 $ 14,269 $ 7,380 6,983 28,632 $ (43) $ (64) (14) (121) $ 112 104 119 335 Loans sold For the year ended December 31, 2020 Proceeds Net charge-offs Net gain (loss) 1 $ 1 2 $ 1 1 $ 2 $ 284 $ 296 580 $ 6,139 774 $ 6,913 $ — $ — — $ — — $ — $ 42 — 42 (62) 68 6 Loans sold For the year ended December 31, 2019 Proceeds Net charge-offs Net gain 5 $ 2 3 1 11 $ 2,115 $ 6,800 885 3,248 13,048 $ 3 $ 3 $ 2,069 $ 2,069 $ — $ — (1) — (1) $ — $ — $ 367 383 6 — 756 114 114 100                  6. Other Real Estate Owned The following table shows the activity in OREO during the periods indicated: Balance at beginning of year Additions Reductions to carrying value Sales Balance at end of year For the years ended December 31, 2019 2020 2021 (In thousands) $ $ — $ — — — — $ 239 $ — (31) (208) — $ — 239 — — 239 The following table shows the gross gains, gross losses and write-downs of OREO reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income during the periods presented: Gross gains Gross losses Write-down of carrying value Total income 7. Securities For the years ended December 31, 2019 2020 2021 (In thousands) $ $ — $ — — — $ — $ (5) (31) (36) $ — — — — The Company did not hold any trading securities at December 31, 2021 and 2020. Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value. Securities held-to-maturity are recorded at amortized cost. The following table summarizes the Company’s portfolio of securities held-to-maturity at December 31, 2021: Amortized Cost Fair Value Gains (In thousands) Gross Gross Unrecognized Unrecognized Securities held-to-maturity: Municipals Total municipals $ 50,836 $ 53,362 $ 50,836 53,362 2,526 2,526 $ FNMA Total mortgage-backed securities 7,894 7,894 8,667 8,667 773 773 Allowance for Credit Losses Total (862) — $ 57,868 $ 62,029 $ — 3,299 $ 101 Losses — — — — — — The following table summarizes the Company’s portfolio of securities held-to-maturity at December 31, 2020: Amortized Cost Fair Value Gains (In thousands) Gross Gross Unrecognized Unrecognized Securities held-to-maturity: Municipals Total municipals $ 50,825 $ 54,538 $ 50,825 54,538 3,713 3,713 $ FNMA Total mortgage-backed securities 7,914 7,914 8,991 8,991 1,077 1,077 Allowance for Credit Losses Total (907) — $ 57,832 $ 63,529 $ — 4,790 $ Losses — — — — — — The following table summarizes the Company’s portfolio of securities available for sale at December 31, 2021: Amortized Gross Unrealized Cost Fair Value Gains Gross Unrealized Losses $ 5,599 $ (In thousands) 5,590 $ — $ 107,423 12,485 81,166 1,695 208,368 210,948 10,572 203,777 152,760 578,057 786,425 $ 104,370 12,485 80,912 1,695 205,052 208,509 10,286 202,938 150,451 572,184 777,236 $ 136 — 1 — 137 1,217 30 1,321 326 2,894 3,031 $ 9 3,189 — 255 — 3,453 3,656 316 2,160 2,635 8,767 12,220 U.S. government agencies Corporate Mutual funds Collateralized loan obligations Other Total other securities REMIC and CMO GNMA FNMA FHLMC Total mortgage-backed securities Total securities available for sale $ 102 The following table summarizes the Company’s portfolio of securities available for sale at December 31, 2020: Amortized Gross Gross Unrealized Unrealized Cost Fair Value Gains Losses U.S. government agencies Corporate Mutual funds Collateralized loan obligations Other Total other securities REMIC and CMO GNMA FNMA FHLMC $ 6,452 $ (In thousands) 6,453 $ 2 $ 130,000 12,703 100,561 1,295 251,011 175,142 13,009 143,154 63,796 395,101 646,112 $ 123,865 12,703 99,198 1,295 243,514 180,877 13,053 146,169 64,361 404,460 647,974 $ 131 — — — 133 5,735 66 3,046 648 9,495 9,628 $ 1 6,266 — 1,363 — 7,630 — 22 31 83 136 7,766 Total mortgage-backed securities Total securities available for sale $ The corporate securities held by the Company at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are issued by U.S. banking institutions. The CMOs held by the Company at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are either fully guaranteed or issued by a government sponsored enterprise. The following table details the amortized cost and fair value of the Company’s securities classified as held-to- maturity at December 31, 2021, by contractual maturity. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties: Due after ten years Total other securities Mortgage-backed securities Allowance for credit losses Total securities held-to-maturity Amortized $ Cost Fair Value (In thousands) 50,836 $ 50,836 7,894 58,730 53,362 53,362 8,667 62,029 (862) 57,868 $ - 62,029 $ 103 The amortized cost and fair value of the Company’s securities, classified as available for sale at December 31, 2021, by contractual maturity, are shown below: Due after one year through five years Due after five years through ten years Due after ten years Total other securities Mutual funds Mortgage-backed securities Total securities available for sale Amortized Cost Fair Value (In thousands) 20,000 $ 163,572 12,311 195,883 12,485 578,057 786,425 $ 19,865 160,417 12,285 192,567 12,485 572,184 777,236 $ $ The following table shows the Company’s securities with gross unrealized losses and their fair value, aggregated by category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2021: Total Less than 12 months 12 months or more Unrealized Unrealized Unrealized Count Fair Value Losses Fair Value Losses (Dollars in thousands) Fair Value Losses Available for sale securities U.S. government agencies Corporate CLO Total other securities REMIC and CMO GNMA FNMA FHLMC Total mortgage-backed securities Total securities available for sale 2 $ 5,577 $ 9 $ 1,130 $ 5 $ 4,447 $ 13 4 19 94,234 31,012 130,823 3,189 255 3,453 65,453 10,000 76,583 1,970 1 1,976 28,781 21,012 54,240 124,131 9,924 171,109 129,115 434,279 15 4 25 18 62 81 $ 565,102 $ 12,220 $ 435,634 $ 105,959 1,138 153,657 98,297 359,051 3,656 316 2,160 2,635 8,767 2,800 16 1,587 1,448 5,851 7,827 $ 129,468 $ 18,172 8,786 17,452 30,818 75,228 4 1,219 254 1,477 856 300 573 1,187 2,916 4,393 The following table shows the Company’s available for sale securities with gross unrealized losses and their fair value, aggregated by category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2020: Total Less than 12 months 12 months or more Unrealized Unrealized Unrealized Count Fair Value Losses Fair Value Losses (Dollars in thousands) Fair Value Losses Available for sale securities U.S. government agencies Corporate CLO Total other securities GNMA FNMA FHLMC Total mortgage-backed securities Total securities available for sale 1 $ 4,988 $ 14 13 28 113,734 99,199 217,921 1 $ 4,988 $ — 7,441 12,429 6,266 1,363 7,630 1 $ — $ — 52 53 113,734 91,758 205,492 1 5 3 9 10,341 32,463 30,095 72,899 22 31 83 136 10,341 23,864 30,095 64,300 37 $ 290,820 $ 7,766 $ 76,729 $ 22 28 83 133 186 $ 214,091 $ — 8,599 — 8,599 104 — 6,266 1,311 7,577 — 3 — 3 7,580 The Company reviewed each available for sale debt security that had an unrealized loss at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is more likely than not the Company will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of the securities’ amortized cost basis. This conclusion is based upon considering the Company’s cash and working capital requirements and contractual and regulatory obligations, none of which the Company believes would cause the sale of the securities. All of these securities are rated investment grade or above and have a long history of no credit losses. It is not anticipated that these securities would be settled at a price that is less than the amortized cost of the Company’s investment. In determining the risk of loss for available for sale securities, the Company considered that mortgage-backed securities are either fully guaranteed or issued by a government sponsored enterprise, which has a credit rating and perceived credit risk comparable to U.S. government, the tranche of the purchased collateralized loan obligations (“CLO”) and the issuer of Corporate securities are global systematically important banks. Each of these securities is performing according to its terms and, in the opinion of management, will continue to perform according to its terms. Based on this review, management believes that the unrealized losses have resulted from other factors not deemed credit-related and no allowance for credit loss was recorded. Accrued interest receivable on held-to-maturity debt securities totaled $0.1 million each at December 31, 2021 and 2020 and is excluded from the estimate of credit losses. Accrued interest receivable on available-for-sale debt securities totaled $1.5 million and $1.3 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020 respectively and is excluded from the estimate of credit losses. The following table presents the activity in the allowance for credit losses for debt securities held-to-maturity: Other Securities For the year ended December 31, 2021 2020 Beginning balance CECL adoption Provision (benefit) for credit losses Allowance for credit losses - securities $ $ 907 — (45) 862 $ $ — 340 567 907 The Company did not have any allowance for credit losses for mortgage-backed securities for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company sold available for sale securities with carrying values at the time of sale totaling $45.0 million, $221.0 million, and $26.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The Company purchased mortgage-backed available for sale securities totaling $340.8 million, $308.1 million, and $128.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The following table represents the gross gains and gross losses realized from the sale of securities available for sale for the periods indicated: Gross gains from the sale of securities Gross losses from the sale of securities Net losses from the sale of securities 2021 For the years ended December 31, 2020 (In thousands) 2019 $ $ 123 $ (10) 113 $ 1,499 $ (2,200) (701) $ 423 (438) (15) 105 Included in “Other assets” within our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition are amounts held in a rabbi trust for certain non-qualified deferred compensation plans totaling $26.3 million and $22.6 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 8. Bank Premises and Equipment, net Bank premises and equipment are as follows at December 31: Leasehold improvements Equipment and furniture Total Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization Bank premises and equipment, net 9. Deposits 2021 2020 (In thousands) 44,621 $ 30,822 75,443 52,105 23,338 $ 44,984 29,202 74,186 46,007 28,179 $ $ Total deposits at December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the weighted average rate on deposits at December 31, 2021, are as follows: Interest-bearing deposits: Certificate of deposit accounts Savings accounts Money market accounts NOW accounts Total interest-bearing deposits Non-interest bearing demand deposits Total due to depositors Mortgagors' escrow deposits Total deposits Weighted Average Rate 2021 2021 2020 (Dollars in thousands) $ 946,575 $ 1,138,361 156,554 168,183 1,682,345 2,342,003 2,323,172 1,920,779 5,312,061 5,365,911 967,621 778,672 6,090,733 6,333,532 45,622 51,913 $ 6,385,445 $ 6,136,355 0.57 % 0.13 0.22 0.11 0.01 The aggregate amount of time deposits with denominations of $250,000 or more (excluding brokered deposits issued in $1,000 amounts under a master certificate of deposit) was $217.5 million and $266.9 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The aggregate amount of brokered deposits was $626.3 million and $1,074.1 million and at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, reciprocal deposits totaled $763.7 million and $735.4 million, respectively. Government deposits are collateralized by either securities, letters of credit issued by FHLB-NY or are placed in the IntraFi Network which arranges for placement of funds into certificate of deposit accounts, demand accounts or money market accounts issued by other member banks of the network in increments of less than $250,000 to ensure that both principal and interest are eligible for full FDIC deposit insurance. The letters of credit are collateralized by mortgage loans pledged by the Company. At December 31, 2021, government deposits totaled $1,618.8 million, of which $710.2 million were IntraFi Network deposits and $908.6 million were collateralized by $190.3 million in securities and $818.4 million of letters of credit. At December 31, 2020, government deposits totaled $1,615.4 million, of which $524.0 million were IntraFi 106 Network deposits and $1,091.4 million were collateralized by $260.3 million in securities and $855.4 million of letters of credit. Interest expense on deposits is summarized as follows for the years ended December 31: 2021 2020 (In thousands) 2019 Certificate of deposit accounts Savings accounts Money market accounts NOW accounts Total due to depositors Mortgagors' escrow deposits Total interest expense on deposits $ 7,340 $ 18,096 $ 35,078 1,378 27,819 23,553 87,828 229 $ 20,324 $ 42,312 $ 88,057 495 14,368 9,309 42,268 44 255 7,271 5,453 20,319 5 Scheduled remaining maturities of certificate of deposit accounts are summarized as follows for the years ended December 31: Within 12 months More than 12 months to 24 months More than 24 months to 36 months More than 36 months to 48 months More than 48 months to 60 months More than 60 months Total certificate of deposit accounts 2021 2020 (In thousands) $ 755,874 $ 923,235 139,088 58,125 14,488 3,394 31 $ 946,575 $ 1,138,361 122,366 43,830 22,249 1,092 1,165 107 10. Borrowed Funds Borrowed funds are summarized as follows at December 31: 2021 Weighted Average Amount Rate Amount (Dollars in thousands) 2020 Weighted Average Rate FHLB-NY advances - fixed rate: Due in 2021 Due in 2022 Due in 2023 Total FHLB-NY advances Other Borrowings: Due in 2022 Subordinated debentures Due in 2025 Due in 2026 Due in 2031 Total Subordinated debentures $ — 572,186 39,001 611,187 — 0.37 0.48 0.38 $ 702,515 55,685 39,001 797,201 0.57 0.52 0.48 0.56 25,000 0.11 90,378 0.35 — — 122,885 122,885 — — 3.52 3.52 15,523 74,657 — 90,180 6.12 5.27 — 5.42 Junior subordinated debentures - adjustable rate Due in 2037 56,472 1.74 43,136 2.35 Total borrowings $ 815,544 0.94 % $ 1,020,895 1.05 % The FHLB-NY advances are fixed rate borrowings with no call provisions. The borrowings terms range from one day to five years. At December 31, 2021, the Company was able to borrow up to $3,635.2 million from the FHLB-NY in Federal Home Loan Bank advances and letters of credit. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $1,429.6 million outstanding in combined balances of FHLB-NY advances and letters of credit. At December 31, 2021, the Company also has unsecured lines of credit with other commercial banks totaling $593.0 million, with $25.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2021. Subordinated Debentures During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Holding Company issued subordinated debt with an aggregated principal amount of $125.0 million, receiving net proceeds totaling $122.8 million. The subordinated debt was issued at 3.125% fixed-to-floating rate maturing in 2031. The debt is fixed-rate for the first five years, after which it resets quarterly. Additionally, the debt is callable at par quarterly through its maturity date beginning December 1, 2026. The subordinated debentures the Company holds qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes. Subordinated debt totaled $122.9 million at December 31, 2021, which included $2.1 million of unamortized debt issuance costs. These costs are being amortized to interest expense using the level yield method through the first call date of the debt. A portion of the funds received from the issuance of subordinated debt was used to call $90.3 million of previously issued and outstanding subordinated debentures. The $90.3 million was comprised of three separate issues of $75.0 million, $7.8 million and $7.5 million. All three issues were called in December 2021, with two of the issues called at par and the $7.5 million issue being called at a premium of 102.5. The premium paid upon call totaled $0.2 million and was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income in Other operating expenses. 108 The following table shows the terms of the subordinated debt issued or acquired by the Holding Company: Amount Issue Date Initial Rate First Reset Date First Call Date Holding Type Spread over 3-month SOFR Maturity Date Subordinated Debentures (Dollars in thousands) 125,000 $ November 22, 2021 3.125 % December 01, 2026 December 01, 2026 Variable 2.035 % December 01, 2031 The subordinated debentures issued by the Company may not be redeemed prior to December 1, 2026, except that the Company may redeem the subordinated debentures at any time, at its option, in whole but not in part, subject to obtaining any required regulatory approvals, if (i) a change or prospective change in law occurs that could prevent the Company from deducting interest payable on the subordinated debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (ii) a subsequent event occurs that precludes the subordinated debt from being recognized as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes, or (iii) the Company is required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, in each case, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the subordinated debt plus any accrued and unpaid interest through, but excluding, the redemption date. Junior Subordinated Debentures The Holding Company has three trusts formed under the laws of the State of Delaware for the purpose of issuing capital and common securities, and investing the proceeds thereof in junior subordinated debentures of the Holding Company. Each of these trusts issued $20.6 million of securities which had a fixed-rate for the first five years, after which they reset quarterly based on a spread over 3-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). The securities were first callable at par after five years, and pay cumulative dividends. The Holding Company has guaranteed the payment of these trusts’ obligations under their capital securities. The terms of the junior subordinated debentures are the same as those of the capital securities issued by the trusts. The junior subordinated debentures issued by the Holding Company are carried at fair value in the consolidated financial statements. The table below shows the terms of the securities issued by the trusts. Flushing Financial Flushing Financial Flushing Financial Capital Trust II Capital Trust IV Capital Trust III Issue Date Initial Rate First Reset Date Spread over 3-month LIBOR Maturity Date June 20, 2007 June 21, 2007 July 3, 2007 7.14 % 6.89 % 6.85 % September 01, 2012 June 15, 2012 July 30, 2012 1.41 % 1.44 % 1.42 % September 01, 2037 September 15, 2037 July 30, 2037 The consolidated financial statements do not include the securities issued by the trusts, but rather include the junior subordinated debentures of the Holding Company. 11. Income Taxes Flushing Financial Corporation files consolidated Federal and combined New York State and New York City income tax returns with its subsidiaries, with the exception of the trusts, which file separate Federal income tax returns as trusts, and FPFC, which files a separate Federal income tax return as a real estate investment trust. In 2021, FPFC was 109     dissolved and filed its final tax return. The Bank also files various other state tax returns. The Company is undergoing examinations of New York City income tax returns for years ending December 31, 2015 through 2017 and New York State income tax returns for years ending December 31, 2015 through 2019. Additionally, the Company remains subject to examination for its Federal and various other states income tax returns for the years ending on or after December 31, 2018. The Company believes it has accrued for all potential amounts that may be due to all taxing authorities. Income tax provisions are summarized as follows for the years ended December 31: 2021 2020 (In thousands) 2019 Federal: Current Deferred Total federal tax provision State and Local: Current Deferred Total state and local tax provision Total provision for income taxes $ 21,206 $ 14,178 $ 12,404 (1,965) 10,439 (1,128) 20,078 (4,990) 9,188 8,004 (597) 7,407 3,543 (1,930) 1,613 $ 27,485 $ 10,508 $ 12,052 967 353 1,320 The income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Income has been provided at effective rates of 25.2%, 23.3%, and 22.7 % for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The effective rates differ from the statutory federal income tax rate as follows for the years ended December 31: Taxes at federal statutory rate Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from: State and local income tax, net of Federal income tax benefit Tax exempt Nondeductible merger expense Other Taxes at effective rate 2021 2020 (Dollars in thousands) 2019 $ 22,948 21.0 % $ 9,489 21.0 % $ 11,200 21.0 % 6,865 (1,150) — (1,178) $ 27,485 1,043 6.3 (875) (1.0) 543 — (1.1) 308 25.2 % $ 10,508 2.3 (1.9) 1.2 0.7 1,274 (878) 328 128 23.3 % $ 12,052 2.4 (1.6) 0.6 0.3 22.7 % 110 The components of the net deferred tax assets are as follows at December 31: Deferred tax assets: Postretirement benefits Allowance for credit losses Operating lease liabilities Stock based compensation Depreciation Unrealized loss on securities available for sale Fair value adjustment on financial assets carried at fair value Fair value hedges Adjustment required to recognize funded status of postretirement pension plans Cashflow hedges Deferred loan income Fair Value of Loans from Empire acquisition Net operating loss (NYS) Net operating loss (NYC) Other Deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: 2021 2020 (In thousands) $ 10,588 $ 13,013 18,977 3,501 2,765 2,917 16 394 8,331 15,221 19,922 3,119 2,421 — 23 2,988 596 653 2,200 2,820 — 684 4,269 63,393 837 7,780 2,192 3,798 29 1,896 3,740 72,297 FPFC deferred income Right of Use Asset Fair value adjustment on financial liabilities carried at fair value Entity specific fair value Unrealized gains on securities Deferred loan cost State and local taxes Other Deferred tax liabilities — 17,570 754 1,058 — 6,999 3,016 2,130 31,527 2,188 17,080 4,968 821 573 7,044 3,768 1,599 38,041 Net deferred tax asset included in other assets $ 31,866 $ 34,256 The deferred tax asset represents the anticipated net federal, state and local tax benefits expected to be realized in future years upon the utilization of the underlying tax attributes comprising this balance. The Company has reported taxable income for each of the past three years. In management’s opinion, in view of the Company’s previous, current and projected future earnings trend, the probability that some of the Company’s $31.5 million deferred tax liability can be used to offset a portion of the deferred tax asset it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be fully realized. Accordingly, no valuation allowance was deemed necessary for the deferred tax asset at December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company does not have uncertain tax positions that are deemed material. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties on income taxes in tax expense. During the three years ended December 31, 2021, the Company did not recognize any material amounts of interest or penalties on income taxes. 12. Stock-Based Compensation For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, the Company’s net income, as reported, includes $7.9 million, $6.0 million, and $7.9 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation costs, including the benefit or expense of phantom stock awards, and $2.0 million, $1.4 million, and $1.8 million, respectively, of income tax benefits related to the stock-based compensation plans. 111 No stock options have been granted by the Company since 2009. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there are no stock options outstanding. The 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“2014 Omnibus Plan”) became effective on May 20, 2014 after adoption by the Board of Directors and approval by the stockholders. The 2014 Omnibus Plan authorizes the issuance of 1,100,000 shares. To the extent that an award under the 2014 Omnibus Plan is cancelled, expired, forfeited, settled in cash, settled by issuance of fewer shares than the number underlying the award, or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares to a participant in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an award, the shares retained by or returned to the Company will be available for future issuance under the 2014 Omnibus Plan. On May 31, 2017, stockholders approved an amendment to the 2014 Omnibus Plan (the “Amendment”) authorizing an additional 672,000 shares available for future issuance. In addition, to increasing the number of shares for future grants, the Amendment eliminated, in the case of stock options and SARs, the ability to recycle shares used to satisfy the exercise price or taxes for such awards. On May 18, 2021, stockholders approved an additional 1,100,000 shares available for future issuance. Including the additional shares authorized from the Amendment, 1,171,675 shares were available for future issuance under the 2014 Omnibus Plan at December 31, 2021. To fund restricted stock unit awards or option exercises, shares are issued from treasury stock, if available; otherwise new shares are issued. Options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards granted under the 2014 Omnibus Plan are generally subject to a minimum vesting period of three years with stock options having a 10-year maximum contractual term. Other awards do not have a contractual term of expiration. The Compensation Committee is authorized to grant awards that vest upon a participant’s retirement. These amounts are included in stock-based compensation expense at the time of the participant’s retirement eligibility. The Company has a long-term incentive compensation program for certain Company executive officers that includes grants of performance-based restricted stock units (“PRSUs”) in addition to time-based restricted stock units (“RSU”). Under the terms of the PRSU Agreement, the number of PRSUs that may be earned depends on the extent to which performance goals for the award are achieved over a three-year performance period, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board. The number of PRSUs that may be earned ranges from 0% to 150% of the target award, with no PRSUs earned for below threshold-level performance, 50% of PRSUs earned for threshold-level performance, 100% of PRSUs earned for target-level performance, and 150% of PRSUs earned for maximum-level performance. As of December 31, 2021, PRSU’s granted in 2020 are being accrued at target and PRSU’s granted in 2021 and 2019 are being accrued above target. The different levels of accrual are commensurate with the projected performance of the respective grant. The Company uses the fair value of the common stock on the date of award to measure compensation cost for restricted stock unit awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the vesting period of the award using the straight line method. There were 238,985, 173,528, and 263,574 RSU's granted for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, and 94,185, 72,143, and 67,352 PRSU’s granted for the year ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 112 The following table summarizes the Company’s RSU and PRSU awards under the 2014 Omnibus Plan for the year ended December 31, 2021: RSU Awards PRSU Awards Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value Shares Shares Non-vested at December 31, 2020 Granted Vested Forfeited Non-vested at December 31, 2021 Vested but unissued at December 31, 2021 336,898 $ 238,985 (259,856) (5,597) 23.48 18.44 21.26 21.36 66,580 $ 94,185 (57,845) — 310,430 $ 21.49 102,920 $ 21.26 18.46 18.91 — 20.02 232,709 $ 21.13 124,960 $ 20.22 As of December 31, 2021, there was $4.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to RSU and PRSU awards granted under the 2014 Omnibus Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years. The total fair value of awards vested for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 were $5.9 million, $5.7 million, and $7.4 million, respectively. The vested but unissued RSU awards consist of awards made to employees and directors who are eligible for retirement. The vested but unissued PRSU awards consist of awards made to employees who are eligible for retirement. According to the terms of these awards, which provide for vesting upon retirement, these employees and directors have no risk of forfeiture. These shares will be issued at the original contractual vesting and settlement dates. Phantom Stock Plan: The Company maintains a non-qualified phantom stock plan as a supplement to its profit sharing plan for officers who have achieved the designated level and completed one year of service. Awards are made under this plan on certain compensation not eligible for contributions made under the profit sharing plan, due to the terms of the profit sharing plan and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). Employees receive awards under this plan proportionate to the amount they would have received under the profit sharing plan, but for limits imposed by the profit sharing plan and the Internal Revenue Code. The awards are made as cash awards, and then converted to common stock equivalents (phantom shares) at the then current fair value of the Company’s common stock. Dividends are credited to each employee’s account in the form of additional phantom shares each time the Company pays a dividend on its common stock. In the event of a change of control (as defined in this plan), an employee’s interest is converted to a fixed dollar amount and deemed to be invested in the same manner as their interest in the Bank’s non- qualified deferred compensation plan. Employees vest under this plan 20% per year for the first 5 years of employment and are 100% vested thereafter. Employees also become 100% vested upon a change of control. Employees receive their vested interest in this plan in the form of a cash lump sum payment or installments, as elected by the employee, after termination of employment. The Company adjusts its liability under this plan to the fair value of the shares at the end of each period. The following table summarizes the Company’s Phantom Stock Plan at or for the year ended December 31, 2021: Phantom Stock Plan Outstanding at December 31, 2020 Granted Forfeited Distributions Outstanding at December 31, 2021 Vested at December 31, 2021 113 Shares 120,248 $ 11,336 (11) (2,692) 128,881 $ 128,818 $ Fair Value 16.64 20.28 18.25 19.17 24.30 24.30 The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense (benefit) for the phantom stock plan of $1.1 million, ($0.4) million, and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The total fair value of distributions from the phantom stock plan were $52,000, $10,000, and $31,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 13. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans The amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, on a pre-tax basis, consist of the following, as of December 31: Net Actuarial Loss (Gain) 2021 2020 2019 2021 Prior Service Cost (Credit) 2020 (In thousands) 2019 Total 2020 2021 2019 $ 1,414 $ 1,775 $ 2,273 $ — $ — $ — $ 1,414 $ 1,775 $ 2,273 932 (440) 1,906 $ 1,333 (274) 2,834 $ (265) (380) 1,628 $ (27) — (27) $ (112) — (112) $ (198) — (198) $ 905 (440) 1,879 $ 1,221 (274) 2,722 $ (463) (380) 1,430 $ Employee Retirement Plan Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Outside Directors Plan Total Employee Retirement Plan: The Company has a funded noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan covering substantially all of its salaried employees who were hired before September 1, 2005 (the “Retirement Plan”). The benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s compensation during the three consecutive years out of the final ten years of service, which was completed prior to September 30, 2006, the date the Retirement Plan was frozen, that produces the highest average. The Bank’s funding policy is to contribute annually the amount recommended by the Retirement Plan’s actuary. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bank's Retirement Plan is invested 100% in fixed income funds. The Company did not make a contribution to the Retirement Plan during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for the Retirement Plan. The following table sets forth, for the Retirement Plan, the change in benefit obligation and assets, and for the Company, the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31: Change in benefit obligation: Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year Interest cost Actuarial (gain) loss Benefits paid Projected benefit obligation at end of year Change in plan assets: Market value of assets at beginning of year Actual return on plan assets Benefits paid Market value of plan assets at end of year 2021 2020 (In thousands) $ 24,227 $ 512 (1,562) (1,068) 22,109 22,443 652 2,109 (977) 24,227 27,720 (593) (1,068) 26,059 25,505 3,192 (977) 27,720 Accrued pension asset included in other assets $ 3,950 $ 3,493 114 Assumptions used to determine the Retirement Plan’s benefit obligations are as follows at December 31: Weighted average discount rate Rate of increase in future compensation levels 2021 2020 2.58 % n/a 2.18 % n/a The mortality assumptions for 2021 were based on the Pri-2012 Total Dataset with Scale MP-2021 and the mortality assumptions for 2020 were based on the Pri-2012 Total Dataset with Scale MP-2020. The components of the net pension (benefit) expense for the Retirement Plan are as follows for the years ended December 31: Interest cost Amortization of unrecognized loss Expected return on plan assets Net pension (benefit) expense $ 2021 2020 (In thousands) 2019 512 $ 488 (1,096) (96) 652 $ 444 (1,028) 68 797 269 (1,088) (22) Current year actuarial loss (gain) Amortization of actuarial loss Total recognized in other comprehensive income Total recognized in net pension benefit and other comprehensive loss $ 127 (488) (361) (457) $ (54) (444) (498) (430) $ (696) (269) (965) (987) Assumptions used to develop periodic pension cost for the Retirement Plan for the years ended December 31: Weighted average discount rate Rate of increase in future compensation levels Expected long-term rate of return on assets 2021 2020 2019 4.06 % n/a 5.25 % 2.18 % n/a 4.75 % 3.00 % n/a 4.75 % The following benefit payments are expected to be paid by the Retirement Plan for the years ending December 31: 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027-2031 Future Benefit Payments (In thousands) $ 1,273 1,206 1,197 1,188 1,186 5,943 The long-term rate of return on assets assumption was set based on historical returns earned by fixed income securities, adjusted to reflect expectations of future returns as applied to the plan’s target allocation of asset classes. Fixed income securities were assumed to earn real rates of return in the ranges of 3-5%. When these overall return expectations are applied to the plans target allocation, the result is an expected rate return of 4.75% for 2021. 115 The Retirement Plan’s weighted average asset allocations by asset category at December 31: Equity securities Debt securities 2021 2020 — % 100 % — % 100 % At December 31, 2021, Plan assets are invested in a diversified mix of fixed income funds. The long-term investment objectives are to maintain plan assets at a level that will sufficiently cover long-term obligations and to generate a return on plan assets that will meet or exceed the rate at which long-term obligations will grow. At December 31, 2021, the plan's assets were 100% invested in fixed income securities. Adjustments to this mix are made periodically based on current capital market conditions and plan funding levels. Performance of the investment fund managers is monitored on an ongoing basis using modern portfolio risk analysis and appropriate index benchmarks. The Company does not expect to make a contribution to the Retirement Plan in 2022. The following table sets forth the Retirement Plan’s assets at the periods indicated: Pooled Separate Accounts Long duration bond fund (a) Long corporate bond fund (b) Prudential short term (c) Mutual Fund Investment grade bond fund (d) Total At December 31, 2020 2021 (In thousands) $ 11,700 $ 12,229 5,587 286 5,157 150 9,052 9,618 $ 26,059 $ 27,720 a. Comprised of fixed income securities with durations of longer than six years that seek to maximize total return consistent with the preservation of capital and prudent investment management. b. Comprised of corporate bonds with an average duration within 0.25 years of the benchmark and its average credit quality is no lower than BBB. The fund seeks to outperform the Bloomberg Barclays Long Corporate Bond Index. c. Comprised of money market instruments with an emphasis on safety and liquidity. d. Comprised of high quality corporate bonds diversified broadly across industries, issuers and regions. The funds primary benchmark is the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Credit Index. The fair value of the mutual fund is determined daily using quoted market prices in an open market (level 1). The fair value of the pooled separate accounts is determined by the investment manager and is based on the value of the underlying assets held at December 31, 2021 and 2020. These are measured at net asset value under the practical expedient with future redemption dates. The fair values of the Plan’s investments in pooled separate accounts are calculated each business day. All investments can be redeemed on a daily basis without restriction. The investments in pooled separate accounts, which are valued at net asset value, have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-07 “Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent)”. 116 Other Postretirement Benefit Plans: The Company sponsors two unfunded postretirement benefit plans (the “Postretirement Plans”) that cover all retirees hired prior to January 1, 2011, who were full-time permanent employees with at least five years of service, and their spouses. Effective January 1, 2011, the Postretirement Plans are no longer available for new hires. One plan provides medical benefits through a 50% cost sharing arrangement. Effective January 1, 2000, the spouses of future retirees were required to pay 100% of the premiums for their coverage. The other plan provides life insurance benefits and is noncontributory. Effective January 1, 2010, life insurance benefits are not available for future retirees. Under these programs, eligible retirees receive lifetime medical and life insurance coverage for themselves and lifetime medical coverage for their spouses. The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate these plans at its discretion. Comprehensive medical plan benefits equal the lesser of the normal plan benefit or the total amount not paid by Medicare. Life insurance benefits for retirees are based on annual compensation and age at retirement. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has not funded these plans. The Company used a December 31 measurement date for these plans. The following table sets forth, for the Postretirement Plans, the change in benefit obligation and assets, and for the Company, the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31: 2021 2020 (In thousands) Change in benefit obligation: Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year Service cost Interest cost Actuarial (gain) loss Benefits paid Projected benefit obligation at end of year Change in plan assets: Market value of assets at beginning of year Employer contributions Benefits paid Market value of plan assets at end of year $ 10,799 $ 293 233 (370) (102) 10,853 8,762 274 259 1,599 (95) 10,799 — 102 (102) — — 95 (95) — Accrued pension cost included in other liabilities $ 10,853 $ 10,799 Assumptions used in determining the actuarial present value of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligations at December 31 are as follows: Discount rate Rate of increase in health care costs Initial Ultimate (year 2026) Annual rate of salary increase for life insurance 2021 2020 2.58 % 2.18 % 7.50 % 5.00 % n/a 7.50 % 5.00 % n/a 117 The mortality assumptions for 2021 were based on the Pri-2012 with Scale MP-2021 and the mortality assumptions for 2020 were based on the Pri-2012 with Scale MP-2020. The resulting net periodic postretirement expense consisted of the following components for the years ended December 31: Service cost Interest cost Amortization of unrecognized loss Amortization of past service credit Net postretirement benefit expense Current year actuarial (gain) loss Amortization of actuarial loss Amortization of prior service credit Total recognized in other comprehensive income Total recognized in net postretirement expense and other comprehensive loss 2021 2020 (In thousands) 2019 $ 293 $ 233 30 (85) 471 274 $ 280 341 259 — — (85) (85) 536 448 (370) (31) 85 (316) 1,599 — 85 1,684 (301) — 85 (216) $ 155 $ 2,132 $ 320 Assumptions used to develop periodic postretirement expense for the Postretirement Plans for the years ended December 31: Rate of return on plan assets Discount rate Rate of increase in health care costs Initial Ultimate (year 2026) Annual rate of salary increase for life insurance 2021 2020 2019 n/a 2.58 % n/a 3.00 % n/a 4.06 % 7.50 % 5.00 % n/a 7.50 % 5.00 % n/a 7.00 % 5.00 % n/a The following benefit payments under the Postretirement Plan, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid for the years ending December 31: 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027-2031 Defined Contribution Plans: Future Benefit Payments (In thousands) 251 $ 261 298 323 343 2,189 The Bank maintains a tax qualified 401(k) plan which covers substantially all salaried employees who have completed one year of service. Currently, annual matching contributions under the Bank’s 401(k) plan equal 50% of the employee’s contributions, up to a maximum of 3% of the employee’s base salary. In addition, the 401(k) plan includes the Defined Contribution Retirement Plan (“DCRP”), under which the Bank contributes an amount equal to 4% of an employee’s eligible compensation as defined in the plan, and the Profit Sharing Plan (“PSP”), under which at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors a contribution is made. Contributions for the DCRP and PSP are made in the form 118 of Company common stock at or after the end of each year. Annual contributions under these plans are subject to the limits imposed under the Internal Revenue Code. Contributions by the Company into the 401(k) plan vest 20% per year over the employee’s first five years of service. Contributions to these plans are 100% vested upon a change of control (as defined in the applicable plan). Compensation expense recorded by the Company for these plans amounted to $7.4 million, $3.7 million, and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The Bank provides a non-qualified deferred compensation plan as an incentive for officers who have achieved the designated level and completed one year of service. In addition to the amounts deferred by the officers, the Bank matches 50% of their contributions, generally up to a maximum of 5% of the officers’ base salary. Matching contributions under this plan vest 20% per year for five years. The non-qualified deferred compensation plan assets are held in a rabbi trust totaling $18.2 million and $16.6 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Contributions become 100% vested upon a change of control (as defined in the plan). Compensation expense recorded by the Company for this plan amounted to $0.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. Employee Benefit Trust: An Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) has been established to assist the Company in funding its benefit plan obligations. Dividend payments received are used to purchase additional shares of common stock. Shares released are used solely for funding matching contributions under the Bank’s 401(k) plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan for the DCRP, and contributions to the PSP. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, the Company funded $0.5 million, $2.6 million, and $3.4 million, respectively, of employer contributions to the 401(k), DCRP and profit sharing plans from the EBT. Upon a change of control (as defined in the EBT), the EBT will terminate and any trust assets remaining after certain benefit plan contributions will be distributed to all full-time employees of the Company with at least one year of service, in proportion to their compensation over the four most recently completed calendar years plus the portion of the current year prior to the termination of the EBT. As shares are released from the suspense account, the Company reports compensation expense equal to the current market price of the shares, and the shares become outstanding for earnings per share computations. The EBT shares are as follows at December 31: Shares owned by Employee Benefit Trust, beginning balance Shares purchased Shares released and allocated Shares owned by Employee Benefit Trust, ending balance 2021 39,861 1,039 2020 181,611 3,697 (22,936) (145,447) 39,861 17,964 Market value of unallocated shares $ 436,525 $ 663,287 119 Outside Director Retirement Plan: The Bank has an unfunded noncontributory defined benefit Outside Director Retirement Plan (the “Directors’ Plan”), which provides benefits to each non-employee director who became a non-employee director before January 1, 2004. Upon termination an eligible director will be paid an annual retirement benefit equal to $48,000. Such benefit will be paid in equal monthly installments for 120 months. In the event of a termination of Board service due to a change of control, an eligible non-employee director will receive a cash lump sum payment equal to 120 months of benefit. In the event of the director’s death, the surviving spouse will receive the equivalent benefit. No benefits will be payable to a director who is removed for cause. The Holding Company has guaranteed the payment of benefits under the Directors’ Plan, for this reason the Bank has assets held in a rabbi trust totaling $1.9 million and $4.2 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Bank uses a December 31 measurement date for the Directors’ Plan. The following table sets forth, for the Directors’ Plan, the change in benefit obligation and assets, and for the Company, the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31: Change in benefit obligation: Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year Service cost Interest cost Actuarial (gain) loss Benefits paid Projected benefit obligation at end of year Change in plan assets: Market value of assets at beginning of year Employer contributions Benefits paid Market value of plan assets at end of year 2021 2020 (In thousands) $ 2,276 $ 16 46 (184) (144) 2,010 2,290 15 64 51 (144) 2,276 — 144 (144) — — 144 (144) — Accrued pension cost included in other liabilities $ 2,010 $ 2,276 The components of the net pension expense for the Directors’ Plan are as follows for the years ended December 31: 2021 2019 2020 (In thousands) 15 $ 64 (55) 24 16 $ 46 (18) 44 (184) 18 (166) 51 55 106 39 86 (141) (16) 44 141 185 $ (122) $ 130 $ 169 Service cost Interest cost Amortization of unrecognized gain Net pension expense (benefit) $ Current actuarial (gain) loss Amortization of actuarial gain Total recognized in other comprehensive income Total recognized in net pension expense and other comprehensive income 120 Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and periodic pension expense for the Directors’ Plan for the years ended December 31: Weighted average discount rate for the benefit obligation Weighted average discount rate for periodic pension benefit expense Rate of increase in future compensation levels 2021 2020 2019 2.58 % 2.18 % n/a 2.18 % 3.00 % n/a 3.00 % 4.06 % n/a The following benefit payments under the Directors’ Plan, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid for the years ending December 31: 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 - 2031 14. Stockholders’ Equity Dividend Restrictions on the Bank: Future Benefit Payments (In thousands) 288 $ 256 220 192 192 592 In connection with the Bank’s conversion from mutual to stock form in November 1995, a special liquidation account was established at the time of conversion, in accordance with the requirements of its primary regulator, which was equal to its capital as of June 30, 1995. The liquidation account is reduced as and to the extent that eligible account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits. Subsequent increases in deposits do not restore an eligible account holder’s interest in the liquidation account. In the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank, each eligible account holder will be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account in an amount proportionate to the current adjusted qualifying balances for accounts then held. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bank’s liquidation account was $0.4 million for both periods, and was presented within retained earnings. In addition to the restriction described above, New York State and Federal banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid by the Bank to the Holding Company. The total amount of dividends which may be paid at any date is generally limited to the net income of the Bank for the current year and prior two years, less any dividends previously paid from those earnings. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank had $74.0 million in retained earnings available to distribute to the Holding Company in the form of cash dividends. In addition, dividends paid by the Bank to the Holding Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements. As a bank holding company, the Holding Company is subject to similar dividend restrictions. 121 Treasury Stock Transactions: The Holding Company repurchased 436,619 common shares at an average cost of $22.88 and 142,405 common shares at an average cost of $16.45 during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. At December 31, 2021, 848,187 shares remained subject to repurchase under the authorized stock repurchase program. Stock will be purchased under the authorized stock repurchase program from time to time, in the open market or through private transactions, subject to market conditions and at the discretion of the management of the Company. There is no expiration or maximum dollar amount under this authorization. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss: The following are changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component, net of tax, for the years ended: December 31, 2021 Unrealized Gains Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Available for Sale Securities (Losses) on Cash flow Hedges Fair Value Defined Benefit Option Elected Pension Items on Liabilities Total (In thousands) Beginning balance, net of tax $ 1,290 $ (17,521) $ (1,884) $ 1,849 $ (16,266) Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of tax Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax Net current period other comprehensive income, net of tax Ending balance, net of tax $ (7,484) 8,819 319 427 2,081 (78) (7,562) (6,272) $ 7,296 16,115 (1,406) $ 283 602 (1,282) $ — 427 7,501 9,582 2,276 $ (6,684) December 31, 2020 Unrealized Gains Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Available for Sale Securities (Losses) on Cash flow Hedges Fair Value Defined Benefit Option Elected Pension Items on Liabilities Total (In thousands) Beginning balance, net of tax $ (3,982) $ (5,863) $ (983) $ 1,021 $ (9,807) Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of tax Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax Net current period other comprehensive income, net of tax Ending balance, net of tax $ 4,787 (14,924) (1,112) 828 (10,421) 485 5,272 1,290 $ 3,266 (11,658) (17,521) $ 211 (901) (1,884) $ — 828 3,962 (6,459) 1,849 $ (16,266) December 31, 2019 Unrealized Gains Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Available for Sale Securities (Losses) on Cash flow Hedges Defined Benefit Fair Value Option Elected Pension Items on Liabilities Total (In thousands) Beginning balance, net of tax $ (15,649) $ 3,704 $ (1,673) $ 866 $ (12,752) Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of tax Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax Net current period other comprehensive income, net of tax Ending balance, net of tax $ 11,657 (8,606) 661 155 3,867 10 11,667 (3,982) $ (961) (9,567) (5,863) $ 29 690 (983) $ — 155 (922) 2,945 1,021 $ (9,807) 122 The following tables set forth significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the periods indicated: Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Components Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities: Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Dollars in thousands) $ For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Cash flow hedges: Interest rate swaps Amortization of defined benefit pension items: Actuarial losses Prior service credits $ $ $ $ $ Cash flow hedges: Interest rate swaps Amortization of defined benefit pension items: Actuarial losses Prior service credits $ $ $ $ $ Affected Line Item in the Statement Where Net Income is Presented 113 Net gain (loss) on sale of securities (35) Tax expense 78 Net of tax (10,623) Interest (expense) 3,327 Tax benefit (7,296) Net of tax (500)(1)  Other operating expense 85 (1)  Other operating expense (415) Total before tax 132 Tax benefit (283) Net of tax Affected Line Item in the Statement Where Net Income is Presented (701) Net loss on sale of securities 216 Tax expense (485) Net of tax Interest expense (4,732) 1,466 Tax expense (3,266) Net of tax (390)(1)  Other operating expenses 85 (1)  Other operating expenses (305) Total before tax 94 Tax expense (211) Net of tax (1) These accumulated other comprehensive loss components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (see Note 13 (“Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plan”) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements “Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans” Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Components Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities: Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Dollars in thousands) $ For the Year Ended December 31, 2020 (1) These accumulated other comprehensive loss components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (see Note 13 (“Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plan”) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements “Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans”) 123    Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Components Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities: Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Dollars in thousands) $ For the Year Ended December 31, 2019 Cash flow hedges: Interest rate swaps Amortization of defined benefit pension items: Actuarial losses Prior service credits $ $ $ $ $ Affected Line Item in the Statement Where Net Income is Presented (15) Net loss on sale of securities 5 Tax expense (10) Net of tax Interest expense 1,392 (431) Tax expense 961 Net of tax (128)(1)  Other operating expenses 85 (1)  Other operating expenses (43) Total before tax 14 Tax expense (29) Net of tax (1) These accumulated other comprehensive loss components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (see Note 13 (“Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plan”) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements “Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans”). 15. Regulatory Capital Under current capital regulations, the Bank is required to comply with four separate capital adequacy standards. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank continued to be categorized as “well-capitalized” under the prompt corrective action regulations and continued to exceed all regulatory capital requirements. The Bank is also required to comply with a Capital Conservation Buffer (“CCB”). The CCB is designed to establish a capital range above minimum capital requirements and impose constraints on dividends, share buybacks and discretionary bonus payments when capital levels fall below prescribed levels. The minimum CCB is 2.5%. The CCB for the Bank at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was 6.13% and 4.30%, respectively. Set forth below is a summary of the Bank’s compliance with banking regulatory capital standards. Tier I (leverage) capital: Capital level Requirement to be well capitalized Excess Common Equity Tier I risk-based capital: Capital level Requirement to be well capitalized Excess Tier I risk-based capital: Capital level Requirement to be well capitalized Excess Total risk-based capital: Capital level Requirement to be well capitalized Excess December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 Percent of Percent of Amount Assets Amount Assets $ $ $ $ 840,105 404,366 435,739 840,105 402,100 438,005 840,105 494,892 345,213 874,400 618,615 255,785 (Dollars in thousands) 10.39 % $ 5.00 5.39 733,010 395,510 337,500 13.58 % $ 6.50 7.08 733,010 408,929 324,081 13.58 % $ 8.00 5.58 733,010 503,297 229,713 14.13 % $ 10.00 4.13 773,807 629,121 144,686 9.27 % 5.00 4.27 11.65 % 6.50 5.15 11.65 % 8.00 3.65 12.30 % 10.00 2.30 124 The Holding Company is subject to the same regulatory capital requirements as the Bank. As of December 31, 2021, the Holding Company continues to be categorized as “well-capitalized” under the prompt corrective action regulations and continues to exceed all regulatory capital requirements. The CCB for the Holding Company at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was 5.75% and 4.54%, respectively. Set forth below is a summary of the Holding Company’s compliance with banking regulatory capital standards. December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 Percent of Percent of Amount Assets Amount Assets $ $ $ $ 726,174 404,422 321,752 671,494 401,836 269,658 726,174 494,568 231,606 885,469 618,210 267,259 (Dollars in thousands) 8.98 % $ 5.00 3.98 662,987 395,439 267,548 10.86 % $ 6.50 4.36 621,247 408,694 212,553 11.75 % $ 8.00 3.75 662,987 503,008 159,979 14.32 % $ 10.00 4.32 794,034 628,760 165,274 8.38 % 5.00 3.38 9.88 % 6.50 3.38 10.54 % 8.00 2.54 12.63 % 10.00 2.63 Tier I (leverage) capital: Capital level Requirement to be well capitalized Excess Common Equity Tier I risk-based capital: Capital level Requirement to be well capitalized Excess Tier I risk-based capital: Capital level Requirement to be well capitalized Excess Total risk-based capital: Capital level Requirement to be well capitalized Excess 16. Leases The Company has 28 operating leases for branches (including the corporate headquarters) and office spaces, 10 operating leases for vehicles, and one operating lease for equipment. Additionally, one of our leased locations is subleased. Our leases have remaining lease terms ranging from one month to approximately 15 years, none of which has a renewal option reasonably certain of exercise, which has been reflected in the Company’s calculation of lease term. Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Operating lease ROU assets Operating lease liabilities Weighted-average remaining lease term-operating leases Weighted average discount rate-operating leases December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 $ $ 50,200 54,155 $ $ 7.4 years 3.1% 50,743 59,100 8.3 years 3.2% 125 The components of lease expense and cash flow information related to leases were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Lease Cost Operating lease cost Short-term lease cost Variable lease cost Total lease cost Other information Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities Operating cash flows from operating leases Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities Right-of-use assets obtained in acquisition For the year ended December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 $ $ $ $ $ 8,689 $ 164 1,065 9,918 $ 7,725 $ 139 1,128 8,992 $ 12,811 $ 6,570 $ — $ 8,316 $ 5,484 $ 9,993 $ 7,575 136 1,020 8,731 8,051 1,576 — The Company’s minimum annual rental payments at December 31, 2021 for Bank facilities due under non-cancelable leases are as follows: Years ended December 31: 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter Total minimum payments required Less: implied interest Total lease obligations 17. Commitments and Contingencies Commitments: Minimum Rental (In thousands) $ $ 9,129 9,488 9,322 8,660 7,769 16,277 60,645 6,490 54,155 The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and lines of credit. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and market risks in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument for loan commitments and lines of credit is represented by the contractual amounts of these instruments. 126   Commitments to extend credit (principally real estate mortgage loans) and lines of credit (principally business lines of credit and home equity lines of credit) amounted to $88.7 million and $384.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2021. Included in these commitments were $67.4 million of fixed-rate commitments at a weighted average rate of 3.38% and $405.5 million of adjustable-rate commitments with a weighted average rate of 3.71%, as of December 31, 2021. Since generally all of the loan commitments are expected to be drawn upon, the total loan commitments approximate future cash requirements, whereas the amounts of lines of credit may not be indicative of the Company’s future cash requirements. The loan commitments generally expire in 90 days, while construction loan lines of credit mature within eighteen months and home equity lines of credit mature within ten years. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. Commitments to extend credit are legally binding agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and require payment of a fee. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. Collateral held consists primarily of real estate. The Bank collateralized a portion of its deposits with letters of credit issued by FHLB-NY. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were $818.4 million and $855.4 million, respectively, of letters of credit outstanding. The letters of credit are collateralized by mortgage loans pledged by the Bank. The Company had purchase obligations totaling $24.8 million and $17.4 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, which are primarily related to contracts with data processing, loan servicing and check processing services provided by third-party vendors. The Trusts issued capital securities with a par value of $61.9 million in June and July 2007. The Holding Company has guaranteed the payment of the Trusts’ obligations under these capital securities. Contingencies: The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits. Management of the Company, after consultation with outside legal counsel, believes that the resolution of these various matters will not result in any material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 18. Concentration of Credit Risk The Company’s lending is concentrated in the New York City metropolitan area. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis under the Company’s established underwriting policies. The collateral obtained by the Company generally consists of first liens on one-to-four family residential, multi-family residential, and commercial real estate. At December 31, 2021, the largest amount the Bank could lend to one borrower was approximately $126.0 million, and at that date, the Bank’s largest aggregate amount of outstanding loans to one borrower was $93.8 million, all of which were performing according to their terms. 19. Related Party Transactions At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no outstanding loans to a related party. Deposits of related parties totaled $10.9 million and $13.4 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 127 20. Fair Value of Financial Instruments The Company carries certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value in accordance with GAAP which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. GAAP permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. At December 31, 2021, the Company carried financial assets and financial liabilities under the fair value option with fair values of $14.6 million and $56.5 million, respectively. At December 31, 2020, the Company carried financial assets and financial liabilities under the fair value option with fair values of $14.5 million and $43.1 million, respectively. The Company did not purchase or sell any financial assets or liabilities under the fair value option during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Management selected the fair value option for certain investment securities, and certain borrowed funds as the yield, at the time of election, on the financial assets was below-market, while the rate on the financial liabilities was above- market rate. Management also considered the average duration of these instruments, which, for investment securities, was longer than the average for the portfolio of securities, and, for borrowings, primarily represented the longer-term borrowings of the Company. Choosing these instruments for the fair value option adjusted the carrying value of these financial assets and financial liabilities to their current fair value, and more closely aligned the financial performance of the Company with the economic value of these financial instruments. Management believed that electing the fair value option for these financial assets and financial liabilities allows them to better react to changes in interest rates. At the time of election, Management did not elect the fair value option for investment securities and borrowings with shorter duration, adjustable rates, and yields that approximated the then current market rate, as management believed that these financial assets and financial liabilities approximated their economic value. The following table presents the financial assets and financial liabilities reported at fair value under the fair value option at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the changes in fair value included in the Consolidated Statement of Income – Net loss from fair value adjustments: Description (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage-backed securities Other securities Borrowed funds Net gain (loss) from fair value adjustments (1) Fair Value Measurements at December 31, at December 31, Fair Value Measurements 2021 2020 Changes in Fair Values For Items Measured at Fair Value Pursuant to Election of the Fair Value Option For the year ended December 31, 2020 2019 2021 $ 388 $ 505 $ 14,180 56,472 13,998 43,136 $ (5) 36 (14,004) (13,973) $ $ 3 230 (50) 183 $ $ 3 427 (2,802) (2,372) (1) The net gain (loss) from fair value adjustments presented in the above table does not include net gains (losses) of $1.0 million, ($2.3) million, and ($3.0) million from the change in fair value of derivative instruments during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Included in the fair value of the financial assets and financial liabilities selected for the fair value option is the accrued interest receivable or payable for the related instrument. The Company reports as interest income or interest expense in the Consolidated Statement of Income, the interest receivable or payable on the financial instruments selected for the fair value option at their respective contractual rates. The borrowed funds have a contractual principal amount of $61.9 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020. The fair value of borrowed funds includes accrued interest payable of $0.1 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020. 128 The Company generally holds its earning assets, other than securities available for sale, to maturity and settles its liabilities at maturity. However, fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time and are based on relevant market information. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular instrument. Accordingly, as assumptions change, such as interest rates and prepayments, fair value estimates change and these amounts may not necessarily be realized in an immediate sale. Disclosure of fair value does not require fair value information for items that do not meet the definition of a financial instrument or certain other financial instruments specifically excluded from its requirements. These items include core deposit intangibles and other customer relationships, premises and equipment, leases, income taxes and equity. Further, fair value disclosure does not attempt to value future income or business. These items may be material and accordingly, the fair value information presented does not purport to represent, nor should it be construed to represent, the underlying “market” or franchise value of the Company. Financial assets and financial liabilities reported at fair value are required to be measured based on either: (1) quoted prices in active markets for identical financial instruments (Level 1); (2) significant other observable inputs (Level 2); or (3) significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). A description of the methods and significant assumptions utilized in estimating the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows: Level 1 – where quoted market prices are available in an active market. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, Level 1 included one mutual fund. Level 2 – when quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar financial instruments and adjusted for differences between the quoted instrument and the instrument being valued. Fair value can also be estimated by using pricing models, or discounted cash flows. Pricing models primarily use market- based or independently sourced market parameters as inputs, including, but not limited to, yield curves, interest rates, equity or debt prices and credit spreads. In addition to observable market information, models also incorporate maturity and cash flow assumptions. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, Level 2 included mortgage related securities, corporate debt, municipals and interest rate swaps. Level 3 – when there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, financial instruments are classified as Level 3. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, Level 3 included trust preferred securities owned and junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company. The methods described above may produce fair values that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. While the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those of other market participants, the use of different methodologies, assumptions and models to determine fair value of certain financial instruments could produce different estimates of fair value at the reporting date. 129 The following table sets forth the Company’s assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value on a recurring basis, including those reported at fair value under the fair value option, and the level that was used to determine their fair value, at December 31: Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) 2021 2020 Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Other Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) 2021 2020 2021 2020 Total carried at fair value on a recurring basis 2020 2021 (In thousands) Assets: Securities available for sale Mortgage-backed Securities Other securities Interest rate swaps $ — $ — $ 572,184 $ 404,460 $ — $ 12,485 — 12,703 — 190,872 10,683 229,516 1,319 1,695 — — $ 572,184 $ 404,460 243,514 1,319 205,052 10,683 1,295 — Total assets $ 12,485 $ 12,703 $ 773,739 $ 635,295 $ 1,695 $ 1,295 $ 787,919 $ 649,293 Liabilities: Borrowings Interest rate swaps $ — $ — — $ — — $ — $ 25,071 60,987 56,472 $ — 43,136 $ — 56,472 $ 25,071 43,136 60,987 Total liabilities $ — $ — $ 25,071 $ 60,987 $ 56,472 $ 43,136 $ 81,543 $ 104,123 There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The following tables set forth the Company’s assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value on a recurring basis, classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy for the periods indicated: For the year ended December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 Trust preferred Junior subordinated Trust preferred Junior subordinated securities debentures securities debentures $ 1,295 $ 43,136 $ 1,332 $ 44,384 (In thousands) 400 — — — 14,004 (4) (34) — (3) $ — 1,695 $ (664) 56,472 $ — 1,295 $ — 50 (103) (1,195) 43,136 $ — $ 3,334 $ — $ 2,670 Beginning balance Net (loss) gain from fair value adjustment of financial assets (1) Net loss from fair value adjustment of financial liabilities (1) Decrease in accrued interest Change in unrealized losses included in other comprehensive loss Ending balance Changes in unrealized gains held at period end (1) These totals in the table above are presented in the Consolidated Statement of Income under Net loss from fair value adjustments. 130 The following tables present the qualitative information about recurring Level 3 fair value of financial instruments and the fair value measurements at the periods indicated: December 31, 2021 Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range Weighted Average (Dollars in thousands) Assets: Trust preferred securities $ 1,695 Discounted cash flows Discount rate n/a 2.2 % Liabilities: Junior subordinated debentures Assets: $ 56,472 Discounted cash flows Discount rate n/a 2.2 % December 31, 2020 Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range Weighted Average (Dollars in thousands) Trust preferred securities $ 1,295 Discounted cash flows Discount rate n/a 4.2 % Liabilities: Junior subordinated debentures $ 43,136 Discounted cash flows Discount rate n/a 4.2 % The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s trust preferred securities and junior subordinated debentures valued under Level 3 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, are the effective yields used in the cash flow models. Significant increases or decreases in the effective yield in isolation would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. The following table sets forth the Company’s assets that are carried at fair value on a non-recurring basis, and the level that was used to determine their fair value, at December 31: Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Other Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Total carried at fair value on a non-recurring basis 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 (In thousands) Assets: Non-accrual loans Other repossessed assets $ — $ — — $ — — $ — — $ 11,026 $ 11,980 $ 11,026 $ 11,980 — — — — — Total assets $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 11,026 $ 11,980 $ 11,026 $ 11,980 131 The following tables present the qualitative information about non-recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of financial instruments at the periods indicated: Fair Value Valuation Technique At December 31, 2021 Unobservable Input (Dollars in thousands) Range Weighted Average Assets: Non-accrual loans $ 10,579 Sales approach Reduction for planned expedited disposal 8.0% to 15.0 % 11.9 % Non-accrual loans $ 447 Discounted Discount Rate Cashflow Fair Value Valuation Technique Assets: Probability of Default At December 31, 2020 Unobservable Input (Dollars in thousands) 4.3 % 35.0 % 4.3 % 35.0 % Range Weighted Average Non-accrual loans $ 10,690 Sales approach Reduction for planned expedited disposal -100.0% to 15.0 % 6.8 % Non-accrual loans $ 1,290 Discounted Discount Rate 4.3% to 5.5 % Cashflow Probability of Default 20.0% to 35.0 % 4.9 % 27.4 % The Company did not have any liabilities that were carried at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2021 and 2020. The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows: Securities: The fair values of securities are contained in Note 7 (“Securities”) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities and adjusted for differences between the quoted instrument and the instrument being valued. When there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are valued using discounted cash flows. Non-accrual Loans: For non-accruing loans, fair value is generally estimated by discounting management’s estimate of future cash flows with a discount rate commensurate with the risk associated with such assets or, for collateral dependent loans, 85% of the appraised or internally estimated value of the property, except for taxi medallion loans. The fair value of the underlying collateral of taxi medallion loans is the most recent reported arm’s length transaction. When there is no recent sale activity, the fair value is calculated using capitalization rates. Other Real Estate Owned and Other Repossessed Assets: The fair value for OREO is based on appraised value through a current appraisal, or sometimes through an internal review, additionally adjusted by the estimated costs to sell the property. The fair value for other repossessed assets are based upon the most recently reported arm’s length sales transaction. When there is no recent sale activity, the fair value is calculated using capitalization rates. 132 Junior Subordinated Debentures: The fair value of the junior subordinated debentures was developed using a credit spread based on the subordinated debt issued by the Company adjusting for differences in the junior subordinated debt’s credit rating, liquidity and time to maturity. The unrealized net gain/loss attributable to changes in our own credit risk was determined by adjusting the fair value as determined in the proceeding sentence by the average rate of default on debt instruments with a similar debt rating as our junior subordinated debentures, with the difference from the original calculation and this calculation resulting in the instrument-specific unrealized gain/loss. Interest Rate Swaps: The fair value of interest rate swaps is based upon broker quotes. The following tables set forth the carrying amounts and fair values of selected financial instruments based on the assumptions described above used by the Company in estimating fair value at the periods indicated: Assets: Cash and due from banks Securities held-to-maturity Mortgage-backed securities Other securities Securities available for sale Mortgage-backed securities Other securities Loans FHLB-NY stock Accrued interest receivable Interest rate swaps Liabilities: Deposits Borrowings Accrued interest payable Interest rate swaps Assets: Cash and due from banks Securities held-to-maturity Mortgage-backed securities Other securities Securities available for sale Mortgage-backed securities Other securities Loans FHLB-NY stock Accrued interest receivable Interest rate swaps Liabilities: Deposits Borrowings Accrued interest payable Interest rate swaps Carrying Amount Fair Value December 31, 2021 Level 1 (In thousands) Level 2 Level 3 $ 81,723 $ 81,723 $ 81,723 $ — $ - 7,894 49,974 8,667 53,362 — — 8,667 — - 53,362 572,184 205,052 6,638,105 35,937 38,698 10,683 572,184 205,052 6,687,125 35,937 38,698 10,683 — 12,485 — — — — 572,184 190,872 — 35,937 1,574 10,683 - 1,695 6,687,125 - 37,124 — $ 6,385,445 $ 6,385,276 $ 5,438,870 $ 946,406 $ 815,544 4,777 25,071 816,012 4,777 25,071 — — — 759,540 4,777 25,071 — 56,472 — — Carrying Amount Fair Value December 31, 2020 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 (In thousands) $ 157,388 $ 157,388 $ 157,388 $ — $ — 7,914 49,918 8,991 54,538 — — 8,991 — — 54,538 404,460 243,514 6,704,674 43,439 44,041 1,319 404,460 243,514 6,793,985 43,439 44,041 1,319 — 12,703 — — 2 — 404,460 229,516 — 43,439 1,389 1,319 — 1,295 6,793,985 — 42,650 — $ 6,136,355 $ 6,141,775 $ 4,997,994 $ 1,143,781 $ 1,020,895 4,755 60,987 1,017,573 4,755 60,987 — — — 974,437 4,755 60,987 — 43,136 — — 133 21. Derivative Financial Instruments At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s derivative financial instruments consist of interest rate swaps. The Company’s interest rate swaps are used for three purposes: 1) to mitigate the Company’s exposure to rising interest rates on certain fixed rate loans totaling $299.6 million and $316.1 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively; 2) to facilitate risk management strategies for our loan customers with $228.0 million of swaps outstanding, which include $114.0 million with customers and $114.0 million with bank counterparties at December 31, 2021 and $125.6 million of swaps outstanding, which include $62.8 million with customers and $62.8 million with bank counterparties at December 31, 2020; and 3) to mitigate exposure to rising interest rates on certain short-term advances and brokered CDs totaling $996.5 million and $1,021.5 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Additionally, at December 31, 2020, the Company had swaps outstanding to mitigate the Company’s exposure to rising interest rates on a portion ($18.0 million) of its floating rate junior subordinated debentures that have a contractual value of $61.9 million. These swaps were terminated during the year ended December 31, 2021, realizing a loss of $4.7 million upon termination. The Company’s derivative instruments are carried at fair value in the Company’s financial statements as part of Other assets for derivatives with positive fair values and Other liabilities for derivatives with negative fair values. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument is dependent upon whether or not it qualifies and has been designated as a hedge for accounting purposes, and further, by the type of hedging relationship. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we held derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, fair value hedges and certain derivatives not designated as hedges. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, derivatives with a combined notional amount of $228.0 million and $143.6 million, respectively, were not designated as hedges. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, derivatives with a combined notional amount of $299.6 million and $316.1 million were designated as fair value hedges. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, derivatives with a combined notional amount of $996.5 million and $1,021.5 million, respectively, were designated as cash flow hedges. For cash flow hedges, the changes in the fair value of the derivative is reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the hedged forecasted transaction effects earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2021, $10.6 million was reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to interest expense. The estimated amount to be reclassified in next 12 months out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings is $10.6 million. Changes in the fair value of interest rate swaps not designated as hedges are reflected in “Net loss from fair value adjustments” in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 134 The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s derivative financial instruments at the periods indicated: Interest rate swaps (cash flow hedge) Interest rate swaps (non-hedge) Interest rate swaps (fair value hedge) Interest rate swaps (cash flow hedge) Interest rate swaps (non-hedge) Total derivatives December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 Notional Amount Notional Fair Value (1) Amount Fair Value (1) $ 355,000 $ 113,988 299,555 641,500 113,988 $ 1,524,031 $ (In thousands) — 7,328 $ 62,779 3,355 316,051 (12,329) 1,021,500 (9,387) (3,355) 80,779 (14,388) $ 1,481,109 $ $ — 1,319 (28,689) (25,300) (6,998) (59,668) (1) Derivatives in a net positive position are recorded as “Other assets” and derivatives in a net negative position are recorded as “Other liabilities” in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The following table sets forth the effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income for the periods indicated: (In thousands) Financial Derivatives: Interest rate swaps (non-hedge) Affected Line Item in the Statement Where Net income is Presented Other interest expense Net gain (loss) from fair value adjustments For the years ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 $ (305) $ (434) $ (140) 978 673 (2,325) (2,759) (2,981) (3,121) Interest rate swaps (fair value hedge) Interest and fees on loans (3,481) (5,226) (837) Interest rate swaps (cash flow hedge) Other interest (expense) income (10,693) (6,703) 1,232 Net loss $ (13,501) $ (14,688) $ (2,726) The Company’s interest rate swaps are subject to master netting arrangements between the Company and its three designated counterparties. The Company has not made a policy election to offset its derivative positions. 135 The following tables present the effect of the master netting arrangements on the presentation of the derivative assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition as of the dates indicated: December 31, 2021 Gross Amount Offset in Net Amount of Assets Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Statement of Condition (In thousands) Gross Amount of Recognized Assets the Statement of Condition Presented in the Statement of Condition Cash Collateral Instruments Received Financial Net Amount Interest rate swaps $ 10,683 $ — $ 10,683 $ — $ — $ 10,683 Gross Amount of Gross Amount Offset in Net Amount of Liabilities Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Statement of Condition (In thousands) Recognized Liabilities the Statement of Condition Presented in the Statement of Condition Financial Instruments Cash Collateral Pledged Net Amount Interest rate swaps $ 25,071 $ — $ 25,071 $ — $ 21,527 $ 3,544 December 31, 2020 Gross Amount Offset in Net Amount of Assets Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Statement of Condition (In thousands) Gross Amount of Recognized Assets the Statement of Condition Presented in the Statement of Condition Cash Collateral Instruments Received Financial Net Amount Interest rate swaps $ 1,319 $ — $ 1,319 $ — $ — $ 1,319 Gross Amount of Gross Amount Offset in Net Amount of Liabilities Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Statement of Condition (In thousands) Recognized Liabilities the Statement of Condition Presented in the Statement of Condition Financial Instruments Cash Collateral Pledged Net Amount Interest rate swaps $ 60,987 $ — $ 60,987 $ 99 $ 63,517 $ (2,629) 22. New Authoritative Accounting Pronouncements Accounting Standards Pending Adoption: In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-01, “Reference Rate Reform” (Topic 848), which clarifies that certain optional expedients and exceptions in ASC 848 for contract modifications and hedge accounting apply to derivatives that are affected by the discounting transition. ASU 2021-01 also amends the expedients and exceptions in ASC 848 to capture the incremental consequences of the scope clarification and to tailor the existing guidance to derivative instruments affected by discounting transition. ASU 2021-01 was effective upon issuance and generally can be applied through December 31, 2022. In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform” (Topic 848), which provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to loan and lease agreements, derivative contracts, and other transactions affected by the anticipated transition away from LIBOR toward new interest rate benchmarks. For transactions that are modified because of reference rate reform and that meet certain scope guidance (i) modifications of loan agreements should be accounted for by prospectively adjusting the effective interest rate and the modification will be considered "minor" so that any existing unamortized origination fees/costs would carry forward and continue to be amortized and (ii) modifications of lease agreements should be accounted for as a continuation of the existing agreement with no reassessments of the lease classification and the discount rate or re-measurements of lease payments that otherwise would be required for modifications not accounted for as separate contracts. ASU 2020-04 also provides numerous optional 136 expedients for derivative accounting. ASU 2020-04 is effective March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. An entity may elect to apply ASU 2020-04 for contract modifications as of January 1, 2020, or prospectively from a date within an interim period that includes or is subsequent to March 12, 2020, up to the date that the financial statements are available to be issued. Once elected for a Topic or an Industry Subtopic within the Codification, the amendments in this ASU must be applied prospectively for all eligible contract modifications for that Topic or Industry Subtopic. We anticipate this ASU will simplify any modifications we execute between the selected start date (yet to be determined) and December 31, 2022 that are directly related to LIBOR transition by allowing prospective recognition of the continuation of the contract, rather than extinguishment of the old contract resulting in writing off unamortized fees/costs. We are evaluating the impacts of this ASU and have not yet determined whether LIBOR transition and this ASU will have material effects on our business operations and consolidated financial statements. The amendments in this Update apply to contract modifications that replace a reference rate reform and contemporaneous modifications of other terms related to the replacement of the reference rate. 23. Parent Company Only Financial Information Earnings of the Bank are recognized by the Holding Company using the equity method of accounting. Accordingly, earnings of the Bank are recorded as increases in the Holding Company’s investment, any dividends would reduce the Holding Company’s investment in the Bank, and any changes in the Bank’s unrealized gain or loss on securities available for sale, net of taxes, would increase or decrease, respectively, the Holding Company’s investment in the Bank. The condensed financial statements for the Holding Company are presented below: Condensed Statements of Financial Condition Assets: Cash and due from banks Securities available for sale: Other securities Investment in Bank Goodwill Other assets Total assets Liabilities: Subordinated debentures Junior subordinated debentures, at fair value Other liabilities Total liabilities Stockholders' Equity: Common stock Additional paid-in capital Treasury stock, at average cost (3,561,270 shares and 3,311,769 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively) Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes Total equity Total liabilities and equity 137 December 31, December 31, 2021 2020 (Dollars in thousands) $ 16,038 $ 28,033 $ $ 1,695 843,866 2,185 2,791 866,575 $ 1,295 726,802 2,185 839 759,154 122,885 $ 56,472 7,590 186,947 90,180 43,136 6,841 140,157 341 263,375 (75,293) 497,889 (6,684) 679,628 341 261,533 (69,400) 442,789 (16,266) 618,997 $ 866,575 $ 759,154  For the years ended December 31, 2019 2021 2020 (In thousands) $ 5,000 $ 145 (6,215) (13,604) (1,844) (16,518) 5,403 (11,115) 92,908 81,793 9,582 91,375 $ 78,833 $ 466 (5,858) (85) (3,975) 69,381 2,274 71,655 (36,981) 34,674 (6,459) 28,215 $ 32,000 250 (6,677) (2,725) (2,833) 20,015 3,173 23,188 18,091 41,279 2,945 44,224 $ For the years ended December 31, 2019 2021 2020 (In thousands) $ 81,793 $ 34,674 $ 41,279 (92,908) (3,939) 13,604 6,829 2,927 8,306 36,981 (291) 85 6,450 3,490 81,389 (18,091) (769) 2,725 7,763 3,945 36,852 (15,000) — — (15,000) — (54,836) 15,769 (39,067) — — — — 122,843 (90,250) (11,370) (26,524) — (5,301) — — (3,877) (24,813) — (28,690) — — (2,656) (24,149) 3 (26,802) (11,995) 28,033 16,038 $ $ 13,632 14,401 28,033 $ 10,050 4,351 14,401 Condensed Statements of Income Dividends from the Bank Interest income Interest expense Net loss from fair value adjustments Other operating expenses (Loss) income before taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary Income tax benefit (Loss) income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank Net income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax Comprehensive net income Condensed Statements of Cash Flows Operating activities: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank Deferred income tax benefit Fair value adjustments for financial assets and financial liabilities Stock-based compensation expense Net change in operating assets and liabilities Net cash provided by operating activities Investing activities: Investment in Bank Cash used in acquisition of Empire Cash provided by acquisition of Empire Net cash used in investing activities Financing activities: Proceeds from long-term borrowings Repayment of long-term borrowings Purchase of treasury stock Cash dividends paid Stock options exercised Net cash used in financing activities Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents, end of year 138 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Stockholders and Board of Directors Flushing Financial Corporation Uniondale, New York Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) and our report dated March 7, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matter The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 139 Allowance for Credit losses As described in Notes 2 and 4 to the Company's consolidated financial statements, the Company had a gross loan portfolio of $6.6 billion and related allowance for credit losses of $37.1 million as of December 31, 2021. The allowance for credit losses consists of quantitative and qualitative components. The Company considers historical loss experience, current economic and business conditions, as well as reasonable and supportable forecasts to develop the quantitative component. This quantitative component is then adjusted for qualitative risk factors. These components involve significant estimates and assumptions that require a high degree of management’s judgment. We identified the significant assumptions used to develop the quantitative component of the allowance, including the reasonable and supportable forecast period, and the reversion to historical loss period, as well as assumptions around the determination of qualitative risk factors as a critical audit matter. Auditing these assumptions involved especially challenging auditor judgment due to the nature and extent of audit evidence and effort required to address these matters, including the extent of specialized skill and knowledge needed. The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included:  Testing the design and operating effectiveness of controls over the significant assumptions used to develop the quantitative component of the allowance, including a reasonable and supportable forecast period, and reversion to historical loss period, as well as assumptions around the determination of qualitative risk factors.  Testing the completeness and accuracy of the input data used in determining the qualitative risk factors and evaluating the sources of data used, considering contradictory evidence, in developing the quantitative component.  Utilizing the engagement team’s specialized skills and knowledge of the banking industry and local and regional economy to perform an independent assessment of the qualitative risk factors using similar and alternative source data, and then comparing the results to management’s qualitative risk factors.  Utilizing personnel with specialized skill and knowledge in valuation to assist with evaluating the appropriateness of the reasonable and supportable forecast period, and the reversion to historical loss period assumptions used to develop the quantitative component. /S/ BDO USA, LLP We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015. New York, New York March 7, 2022 140 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Board of Directors and Stockholders Flushing Financial Corporation Uniondale, New York Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries’ (the “Company’s”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on the COSO criteria. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes and our report dated March 7, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /S/ BDO USA, LLP New York, New York March 7, 2022 141 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. None. Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. Disclosure Controls and Procedures The Company carried out, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2021, the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective. During the period covered by this Annual Report, there have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 based upon criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) (“COSO”). Based on this assessment, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021 based on those criteria issued by COSO. BDO USA, LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued a report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, as stated in its report. Item 9B. Other Information. None. 142 Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections. None. Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. PART III Other than the disclosures below, information regarding the directors and executive officers of the Company appears in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 17, 2022 (“Proxy Statement”) under the captions “Board Nominees,” “Continuing Directors,” “Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors” and “Meeting and Committees of the Board of Directors – Audit Committee” and is incorporated herein by this reference. Information regarding Section 16(a) beneficial ownership appears in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated herein by this reference. Code of Ethics. The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of its the Company’s website at: directors, officers and employees. This code https://s28.q4cdn.com/653305835/files/doc_downloads/governance/Code_of_Business_Conduct_Ethics.pdf is publicly available on Any substantive amendments to the code and any grant of a waiver from a provision of the code requiring disclosure under applicable SEC or NASDAQ rules will be disclosed in a report on Form 8-K. Audit Committee Financial Expert. The Board of Directors of the Company has determined that Louis C. Grassi, the Chairman of the Audit Committee, is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K, and that he is independent as defined under applicable NASDAQ listing standards. Mr. Grassi is a certified public accountant and a certified fraud examiner. Item 11. Executive Compensation. Information regarding executive compensation appears in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Executive Compensation” and is incorporated herein by this reference. Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners appears in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and is incorporated herein by this reference. Information regarding security ownership of management appears in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Stock Ownership of Management” and is incorporated herein by this reference. Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions and directors independence appears in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Related Party Transactions” and is incorporated herein by this reference. Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services. Information regarding fees paid to the Company’s independent auditor appears in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Schedule of Fees to Independent Auditors” and is hereby incorporated by this reference. 143 Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules. (a) 1. Financial Statements PART IV The following financial statements are included in Item 8 of this Annual Report and are incorporated herein by this reference:  Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2021 and 2020  Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (BDO USA, LLP; New York, New York; PCAOB ID 243) 2. Financial Statement Schedules Financial Statement Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto included in Item 8 of this Annual Report and are incorporated herein by this reference. 144 3. Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K Exhibit Number Description 3.1 P 3.2 3.3 3.4 4.1 Certificate of Incorporation of Flushing Financial Corporation (1) Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Flushing Financial Corporation (5) Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Flushing Financial Corporation (10) Amended and Restated By-Laws of Flushing Financial Corporation (12) Indenture, dated November 22, 2021, between Flushing Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee. (19) 4.2 First Supplemental Indenture, dated November 22, 2021, between Flushing Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee. (19) 4.3 10.1* Description of Securities (18) Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Flushing Bank and Certain Officers (11) 10.2* Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and Certain Officers (11) 10.3* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and John R. Buran (11) 10.4* 10.5* 10.6* 10.7* 10.8* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Flushing Bank and John R. Buran (11) Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and Maria A. Grasso (11) Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Flushing Bank and Maria A. Grasso (11) Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and Susan K. Cullen (15) Flushing Bank Specified Officer Change in Control Severance Policy (as Amended Effective January 1, 2016) (14) 10.9* Employee Severance Compensation Plan for Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents of Flushing Bank (Effective as of January 1, 2016) (14) 10.10* 10.11* 10.12* 10.13* Amended and Restated Outside Director Retirement Plan (7) Amended and Restated Flushing Bank Outside Director Deferred Compensation Plan (4) Amended and Restated Flushing Bank Supplemental Savings Incentive Plan (13) Form of Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Bank, Flushing Financial Corporation, and each Director (2) 10.14* Form of Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Bank, Flushing Financial Corporation, and Certain Officers (2) 10.15* P 10.16* 10.17* P 10.18* 10.19* 10.20* 10.21* 10.22* 10.23* 10.24* 10.25 10.26* 10.27* 10.28* 10.29* 10.30 10.31 21.1 Employee Benefit Trust Agreement (1) Amendment to the Employee Benefit Trust Agreement (3) Guarantee by Flushing Financial Corporation (1) Form of Outside Director Restricted Stock Award Letter (6) Form of Outside Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Letter (14) Form of Employee Restricted Stock Award Letter (6) Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Grant Letter Agreement (14) Amended and Restated Flushing Financial Corporation 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (8) Amendment to Flushing Financial Corporation 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (9) Annual Incentive Plan for Executives and Senior Officers (10) Lease agreement between Flushing Bank and Rexcorp Plaza SPE LLC (12) Flushing Financial Corporation 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (15) Form of Employee Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Letter (16) Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Letter With One Year Vesting (16) Flushing Bank Supplemental Savings Incentive Plan, Amended and Restated as of November 1, 2018 (16) Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and Thomas M. Buonaiuto (17) Consulting Agreement between Flushing Bank and Douglas C. Manditch (17) Subsidiaries information incorporated herein by reference to Part I – Subsidiary Activities 145 23.1 31.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (filed herewith) Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith) 31.2 Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Financial Officer (filed herewith) 32.1 Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C, Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Executive Officer (furnished herewith) 32.2 Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C, Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Financial Officer (furnished herewith) Inline XBRL Instance Document (filed herewith) Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (filed herewith) Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (filed herewith) Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document (filed herewith) Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document (filed herewith) Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (filed herewith) 101.INS 101.SCH 101.CAL 101.DEF 101.LAB 101.PRE 104 Cover Page Interactive Data File – The cover page interactive data file does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document Indicates compensatory plan or arrangement. * † Schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. Flushing Financial hereby undertakes to furnish supplemental copies of any of the omitted schedules upon request by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. (1) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed September 1, 1995, Registration No. 33-96488. (P: Indicates a filing submitted in paper) (2) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1996. (3) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997. (4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000. (5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form S-8 filed May 31, 2002. (6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004. (7) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006. (8) Incorporated by reference to Appendices filed with Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed April 7, 2011. (9) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. (10) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011. (11) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013. (12) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014. (13) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014. (14) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015. (15) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 (16) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018. (17) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit filed with Form 8-K filed October 28, 2019. (18) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit filed with Form 10-K filed December 31, 2019. (19) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 8-K filed November 22, 2021. 146 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report, to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in New York, New York, on March 7, 2022. SIGNATURES FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION By /S/JOHN R. BURAN John R. Buran President and CEO POWER OF ATTORNEY We, the undersigned directors and officers of Flushing Financial Corporation (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint John R. Buran and Susan K. Cullen as our true and lawful attorneys and agents, each acting alone and with full power of substitution and re-substitution, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said John R. Buran or Susan K. Cullen may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with this report on Form 10-K, or amendment thereto, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the report on this report on Form 10-K, or amendment thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said John R. Buran or Susan K. Cullen shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report on Form 10-K, has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Signature Title Director, President (Principal Executive Officer) Date March 7, 2022 /S/JOHN R. BURAN John R. Buran /S/ALFRED A. DELLIBOVI Alfred A. DelliBovi /S/SUSAN K. CULLEN Susan K. Cullen /S/ JAMES D. BENNETT James D. Bennett /S/STEVEN J. D’IORIO Steven J. D’Iorio /S/LOUIS C. GRASSI Louis C. Grassi /S/SAM S. HAN Sam S. Han /S/JOHN J. MCCABE John J. McCabe Director, Chairman March 7, 2022 March 7, 2022 March 7, 2022 March 7, 2022 March 7, 2022 March 7, 2022 March 7, 2022 Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) Director Director Director Director Director 147 /S/DONNA M. O’BRIEN Donna M. O’Brien /S/MICHAEL J. RUSSO Michael J. Russo /S/MICHAEL A. AZARIAN Michael A. Azarian /S/CAREN C. YOH Caren C. Yoh /S/DOUGLAS C. MANDITCH Douglas C. Manditch Director Director Director Director Director March 7, 2022 March 7, 2022 March 7, 2022 March 7, 2022 March 7, 2022 148 Corporate Information Executive and Senior Management John R. Buran President, Chief Executive Officer Barbara A. Beckmann Executive Vice President, Director of Operations Michael Bingold Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Retail & Client Development Officer Allen M. Brewer Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer Thomas M. Buonaiuto Senior Executive Vice President, Chief of Staff & Deposit Channel Executive Susan K. Cullen Senior Executive Vice President, Treasurer & Chief Financial Officer Maria A. Grasso Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer & Corporate Secretary Francis W. Korzekwinski Senior Executive Vice President, Chief of Real Estate Lending Douglas J. McClintock Senior Executive Vice President, General Counsel Board of Directors Alfred A. DelliBovi Chairman of the Board Retired President & CEO of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York John R. Buran President & Chief Executive Officer Michael A. Azarian Retired Managing Director Citigroup James D. Bennett Attorney in Nassau County, New York Steven J. D’Iorio Executive Managing Director Cushman & Wakefield Shareholder Information Annual Meeting The Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Flushing Financial Corporation will be held at 1:00 p.m., May 17, 2022. The meeting will be hosted virtually at www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/ FFIC2022. On April 7, 2022, a Notice of Internet Availability was mailed or electronically delivered to shareholders containing instructions on how to access our proxy materials. Astrid Burrowes Executive Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer Ruth E. Filiberto Executive Vice President, Director of Human Resources Vincent E. Giovinco Executive Vice President, Director of Commercial Real Estate Lending James P. Jacovatos Executive Vice President, Real Estate Credit Center Manager Jeoung Yun Jin Executive Vice President, Director of Residential & Mixed-Use Lending Theresa Kelly Executive Vice President, Director of Business Banking Gary P. Liotta Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer Rosina Manzi Executive Vice President, Chief Audit Officer Patricia Mezeul Executive Vice President, Director of Government Banking William M. Gianakos Senior Vice President, Director of Retail Banking Theodoros Kalogiannis Senior Vice President, Director of Portfolio Management Douglas Liang Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer Yan Nuriyev Senior Vice President, Chief Technology Officer Joanne Orelli Senior Vice President, Loan Servicing Collections & Foreclosure Manager Albert H. Savastano Senior Vice President, Director of Investor Relations Patricia Tiffany Senior Vice President, Director of Marketing Richard White Senior Vice President, Chief Information Security Officer Louis C. Grassi Managing Partner & Chief Executive Officer of Grassi & Co. Donna M. O’Brien President Strategic Visions in Healthcare, LLC Sam S. Han Founder & President The Korean Channel, Inc. Douglas C. Manditch Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Empire Bancorp, Inc. John J. McCabe Retired Chief Equity Strategist Shay Assets Management Michael J. Russo Consulting Engineer, CEO Fresh Meadow Mechanical Corp. and President & Director of Operations for Northeastern Aviation Corp. Caren C. Yoh President, CPA Accounting Firm Stock Listing NASDAQ Global Select MarketSM Symbol: FFIC Transfer Agent and Registrar Computershare Trust Company NA P.O. Box 30170 College Station, TX 77842-3170 800-426-5523 www.Computershare.com Shareholder Relations Susan K. Cullen 718-961-5400 Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm BDO USA, LLP 100 Park Avenue New York, NY 10017 212-885-8000 Legal Counsel Hughes Hubbard & Reed LLP One Battery Park Plaza New York, NY 10004 212-837-6000 ASTORIA 31-16 30th Avenue sQueens n e e u Q BAYSIDE 61-14 Springfield Boulevard 213-03 Northern Boulevard ELMHURST 85-15 Queens Boulevard* FLUSHING 147-42 Northern Boulevard 164-20 Northern Boulevard 44-43 Kissena Boulevard 136-41 Roosevelt Avenue FOREST HILLS 107-11 Continental Avenue JAMAICA 89-12 Sutphin Boulevard *Opening spring 2022 l n y k o o r B Brooklyn AVENUE J 1402 Avenue J BAY RIDGE 7102 Third Avenue BOROUGH PARK 4616 13th Avenue MONTAGUE 186 Montague Street WILLIAMSBURG 217 Havemeyer Street Manhattan CHINATOWN 183 Canal Street PARK AVENUE 99 Park Avenue PARK AVENUE SOUTH 225 Park Avenue South n a t t a h n a M d n a l s I g n o L Long Island GARDEN CITY 1122 Franklin Avenue HICKSVILLE 268 North Broadway ISLANDIA 1707 Veterans Memorial Highway NEW HYDE PARK 661 Hillside Avenue PORT JEFFERSON STATION 4747 Nesconset Highway SHIRLEY 1044 William Floyd Parkway UNIONDALE 260E RXR Plaza Flushing Bank 220 RXR Plaza, Uniondale, NY 11556 718-961-5400 FlushingBank.com © 2022 Flushing Financial Corporation. All rights reserved. BRANR0322 Annual Report Design by Curran & Connors, Inc. 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above